Download
Share
Print this page
Toshiba e-STUDIO556 Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Toshiba Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. e-STUDIO556
  6. Service manual

Toshiba e-STUDIO556 Service Manual

Multifunctional digital systems
Hide thumbs Also See for e-STUDIO556:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
SERVICE MANUAL
MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS
e-STUDIO556/656/756/856
e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/756SE/856SE
e-STUDIO557/657/757/857
Model: DP-5560/6560/7560/8560/5570/6570/7570/8570
Publish Date: September 2011
File No. SME110012G0
R110421J4504-TTEC
Ver07 F_2014-08

Advertisement

loading

Related Manuals for Toshiba e-STUDIO556

Summary of Contents for Toshiba e-STUDIO556

  • Page 1 SERVICE MANUAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL SYSTEMS e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/756SE/856SE e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 Model: DP-5560/6560/7560/8560/5570/6570/7570/8570 Publish Date: September 2011 File No. SME110012G0 R110421J4504-TTEC Ver07 F_2014-08...
  • Page 2 Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective companies. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written permission...
  • Page 3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service technician. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856, e-STUDIO556SE/656SE/756SE/ 856SE and e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 are the same models. 1. Transportation/Installation When transporting/installing the equipment, employ four persons and be sure to move it by the casters while lifting the stoppers.
  • Page 4 Be sure to handle/install them properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result in fatal accidents such as explosion or burnout. Do not allow a short-circuit and do not use the parts not recommended by Toshiba TEC Corporation.
  • Page 5 5. Cautionary Labels During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and cautionary labels such as “Unplug the power cable during service”, “CAUTION. HOT”, “CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE”, “CAUTION. LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment.
  • Page 6 6. Disposal of the Equipment, Supplies, Packing Materials, Used Batteries and IC-RAMs Regarding the recovery and disposal of the equipment, supplies, packing materials, used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries, follow the relevant local regulations or rules. Caution: Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual. Attention: Se débarrasser de batteries et IC-RAMs usés y compris les batteries en lithium selon ce manuel.
  • Page 7 Precautions for Transporting Equipment Once Unpacked General Description It is recommended to follow the procedure below when you transport equipment that has already been unpacked but has not been packed again. Note that the following procedure cannot guarantee the operation of the transported equipment. [A] Fixing the carriage (1) Perform the PM code: 03-261 (Scan motor ON Automatically stops at limit position) so that the carriage is moved to the fixing position.
  • Page 8 Notes • The installation of gaskets to the RADF, which is described in the Unpacking Instructions, must not be performed when the equipment is unpacked but must be when it is reinstalled at a userÅfs office. Do not install the gaskets in the equipment before transporting it because if it is transported with the gaskets installed, the screws fixing the scanner may contact with the gaskets and thus damage them.
  • Page 9 ALLEGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF DIE WARTUNG FÜR e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/ 757/857 Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service- Techniker durchzuführen. 1. Transport/Installation Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 4 Personen benötigt. Nur an den in der Abbildung gezeigten Stellen tragen.
  • Page 10 Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und installiert werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einer Explosion oder einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC Corporation empfohlen sind.
  • Page 11 5. Warnetiketten Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen überprüfen [z. B. „Unplug the power cable during service“ („Netzkabel vor Beginn der Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT, LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind.
  • Page 12 6. Entsorgung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC- RAMs In Bezug auf die Entsorgung und Wiederverwertung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-RAMs, einschließlich Lithiumakkus, sind die einschlägigen nationalen oder regionalen Vorschriften zu befolgen. Caution: Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual.
  • Page 13 COPY PROCESS ......................3-43 3.4.1 General Description ..................3-43 Comparison between e-STUDIO555/655/755/855 and e-STUDIO556/656/756/856..3-44 Comparison between e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 and e-STUDIO557/657/757/857..3-45 General Operation......................3-46 3.7.1 Overview of Operation ..................3-46 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 CONTENTS...
  • Page 14 Fuse....................... 3-115 4. DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT................ 4-1 Installation and Replacement of Covers ................4-1 4.1.1 Front cover (Upper/Lower)................. 4-1 4.1.2 Front right inner cover..................4-1 4.1.3 Top right cover....................4-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 15 Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 (M37) ..............4-21 4.3.12 Lens unit (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) ............4-23 4.3.13 Lens unit (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) ............4-25 4.3.14 Scanning section control PC board (SLG) (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856)..4-27 4.3.15 Carriage wire / Carriage-2 ................4-27 4.3.16 Carriage home position sensor (S6) ..............4-31 4.3.17 Scan motor (M1) ....................
  • Page 16 Horizontal transport section driving clutch-2 (CLT2)/ -3 (CLT3) (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) ............... 4-108 4.10.8 Horizontal transport section driving clutch-2 (CLT2)/ -3 (CLT3) (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) ............... 4-108 4.10.9 Horizontal transport section driving clutch-1 (CLT1) (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) ............... 4-109 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 17 4.13.19 Intermediate transport roller................4-152 4.13.20 Reading start roller ..................4-153 4.13.21 Reading end roller ..................4-154 4.13.22 Exit roller......................4-156 4.13.23 Exit/reverse roller................... 4-156 4.13.24 Exit intermediate roller ................... 4-157 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 CONTENTS...
  • Page 18 5.10 HDD Assist Mode (4C)....................5-19 5.10.1 General description..................5-19 5.10.2 Operation procedure ..................5-19 5.10.3 Functions ......................5-21 5.11 File System Recovery Mode (5C) ................... 5-23 5.11.1 Overview......................5-23 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 19 Measurement at Replacement of High-Voltage Transformer.......... 6-44 6.8.1 Measurement....................6-44 Adjustment of the Scanner Section................. 6-49 6.9.1 Adjustment carriages-1 and -2 positions ............6-49 6.9.2 Belt tension adjustment of the Scan motor ............6-50 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 CONTENTS...
  • Page 20 PM display contents................... 7-2 7.2.4 Clearing counter ....................7-3 General Descriptions for PM Procedure ................7-4 PM Support Mode ......................7-5 7.4.1 General description.................... 7-5 7.4.2 Operational flow and operational screen ............7-5 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 21 Troubleshooting when E010 paper jamming or an image failure caused by drum separation finger staining occurs (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) ....8-235 8.3.25 Error code “M00” appears at firmware update ..........8-236 Troubleshooting for the Image ..................8-237 © 2011-2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 CONTENTS...
  • Page 22 Installation and Separation of PC Boards / HDD .............. 9-1 9.1.1 SYS board cover....................9-1 9.1.2 System control PC board (SYS board) (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) ....9-2 9.1.3 System control PC board (SYS board) (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) ....9-3 9.1.4 DRV board case (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) ..........9-4 9.1.5...
  • Page 23 11.1.2 Firmware Updating for e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 ........11-5 11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Media ................11-9 11.2.1 Firmware Updating with USB Media (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856)....11-9 11.2.2 Firmware Updating with USB Media (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857)....11-10 11.2.3 Master data / System ROM / Laser ROM / PFC ROM / Engine ROM / Scanner ROM / RADF ROM ..............
  • Page 24 Setting value change and restrictions when using the key counter ....13-4 13.3.5 Installation of External Counter................ 13-5 14. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ............14-1 14.1 AC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) ............. 14-1 14.2 AC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) ............. 14-2 14.3 DC Wire Harness / Electric Parts Layout ................ 14-3 14.3.1 DC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856)..........
  • Page 25 High security performance is included. (IEEE2600.1 supported / ISO15408 EAL3+ certified) *Certification pending (as of March, 2014) • A security HDD (320 GB) is embedded as a standard. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FEATURES 1 - 1...
  • Page 26 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FEATURES 1 - 2...
  • Page 27 600 dpi × 600 dpi Writing 2400 dpi × 600 dpi Gradation Paper feeding 2 drawers + Bypass feeding + Tandem LCF + LCF (optional) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 1...
  • Page 28 Start-up with hibernation: Approx. 30 sec. (100 V/200 V series) <Stand-alone, temperature: 20 C> *Varies depending on the settings, use conditions, and quality maintenance behavior such as toner refill. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 2...
  • Page 29 W 698 x D 789 x H 1176 (mm) 1176 mm 7 89 m m 698 mm Weight Approx. 203 kg (447 lb.) (equipment only) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 3...
  • Page 30 Automatic density mode and manual density mode selectable in 11 steps [ 2 ] First copy time e-STUDIO556/656, e-STUDIO557/657 Approx. 4.0 sec. e-STUDIO756/856, e-STUDIO757/857 Approx. 3.5 sec. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 4...
  • Page 31 * Accuracy: Within ±2 sheets (Bypass feed) / Within ±1 sheet (Other paper sources) * Values may vary depending on its use condition and environment. * When the RADF is used, each copy speed per minute of e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 has reached 55/65/75/85 sheets. These copy speeds can be realized only in the following conditions.
  • Page 32 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 6...
  • Page 33 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 7...
  • Page 34 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 8...
  • Page 35 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 9...
  • Page 36 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 10...
  • Page 37 A4-R, B5-R, LT- Top side discharging Back side discharging B4, LG, FOLIO, Top side COMPUTER discharging Back side discharging A3, LD Top side discharging Back side discharging © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 11...
  • Page 38 * Setting: when in the Text/Photo mode with Automatic density and APS/AMS set to OFF, or when in the sort mode with paper fed from the 1st drawer. * The Finisher, Hole punch unit and Inserter are not installed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 12...
  • Page 39 Number of Folder 100 folders per box Number of Document 400 documents per box/folder Number of Page 200 pages per document Capacity of e-Filing 27 GB © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 13...
  • Page 40 Message size Max. 30M Byte limitation Message division Page by page [ 2 ] Internet FAX receiving Format of receive attachment TIFF-FX (Profile S, F, J) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 14...
  • Page 41 Send to FTP Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to E-mail Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to I-Fax TIFF-S Send to PSTN-FAX © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 15...
  • Page 42 Developer material 1 pc. (for CND) Toner bottle 1 pc. (for CND) Note: Check that the above accessories are correctly co-packed at the time of unpacking. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 16...
  • Page 43 * Up to 2 antennas (GN-3010) can be connected to the wireless LAN module (GN-1060). * When the wireless LAN module (GN-1060) is installed, antenna (GN-3010) can be connected. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 44 * Up to 2 antennas (GN-3010) can be connected to the wireless LAN module (GN-1060). * When the wireless LAN module (GN-1060) is installed, antenna (GN-3010) can be connected. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 18...
  • Page 45 PS-ZT8570A (for ARD) PS-ZT8570E (for MJD) PS-ZT8570D (for AUD) PS-ZT8570P (for ASD) PS-ZT8570T (for TWD) PS-ZT8560C (for CND) Toner bag PS-TB6510E (for MJD) PS-TB6510 (for other) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 19...
  • Page 46 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 20...
  • Page 47 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE Sectional View 3.1.1 Front view 4 drawers model A1 A2 A7 E10 E9 E8 E7 E6 Fig. 3-1 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 1...
  • Page 48 2 drawers and tandem LCF model A1 A2 A7 E10 E9 E8 E7 E6 Fig. 3-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 2...
  • Page 49 End fence home position sensor Reverse path roller-1 Standby side empty sensor Reverse path roller-2 Standby side mis-stacking sensor End fence stop position sensor © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 3...
  • Page 50 3.1.2 Rear view 4 drawers model Fig. 3-3 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 4...
  • Page 51 2 drawers and tandem LCF model Fig. 3-4 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 5...
  • Page 52 3rd drawer transport clutch 3rd drawer feed clutch 4th drawer transport clutch 4th drawer feed clutch Tandem LCF tray-up motor Tandem LCF end fence motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 6...
  • Page 53 Electric Parts Layout 3.2.1 Scanner unit a-1. Motor, sensor, PC board, fan (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) INV-EXP Fig. 3-5 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 7...
  • Page 54 Motor, sensor, PC board, fan (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) S1(A4 series) S2(LT series) S1(LT series) INV-EXP Fig. 3-6 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 8...
  • Page 55 Heater, thermostat THMO3 Fig. 3-7 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 9...
  • Page 56 3.2.2 Control panel TCP/LCD Fig. 3-8 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 10...
  • Page 57 3.2.3 Laser unit a. e-STUDIO556/656 LDR1 Fig. 3-9 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 11...
  • Page 58 LDR1 LDR2 Fig. 3-10 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 12...
  • Page 59 Fig. 3-11 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 13...
  • Page 60 3.2.4 Fuser related section THM3 THM2 THMO1 THM1 THMO2 IH-COIL THM4 Fig. 3-12 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 14...
  • Page 61 3.2.5 Toner cartridge related section Fig. 3-13 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 15...
  • Page 62 3.2.6 Toner recycle / used toner recovery unit Fig. 3-14 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 16...
  • Page 63 3.2.7 Developer unit / drum / transfer belt unit related section a. Motor, sensor, switch, solenoid, lamp, thermistor SOL1 THM5 Fig. 3-15 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 17...
  • Page 64 Heater, thermostat, PC board THMO4 Fig. 3-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 18...
  • Page 65 3.2.8 Paper transport unit CLT3 CLT2 CLT1 Fig. 3-17 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 19...
  • Page 66 3.2.9 Paper exit / reverse section MOT2-RV SOL2 Fig. 3-18 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 20...
  • Page 67 3.2.10 Equipment (left view) SW11 Fig. 3-19 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 21...
  • Page 68 3.2.11 Equipment (right view) MOT2-MT Fig. 3-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 22...
  • Page 69 3.2.12 Bypass feed unit CLT4 SOL3 Fig. 3-21 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 23...
  • Page 70 3.2.13 Paper feeding section SOL7 CLT5 CLT6 CLT7 CLT8 CLT9 CLT10 CLT11 CLT12 S44 S43 Fig. 3-22 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 24...
  • Page 71 3.2.14 Tandem LCF SOL8 Fig. 3-23 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 25...
  • Page 72 3.2.15 Equipment (rear view) a. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 RAM-S Fig. 3-24 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 26...
  • Page 73 RAM-S Fig. 3-25 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 27...
  • Page 74 3.2.16 AC input section a. e-STUDIO656/657: JPC model BRK1 Fig. 3-26 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 28...
  • Page 75 JPC model BRK1 BRK2 Fig. 3-27 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 29...
  • Page 76 NAD model, e-STUDIO656: NAD/SAD/TWD model, e-STUDIO657: NAD/TWD model, e-STUDIO756/856: NAD/SAD model, e-STUDIO757/857: NAD model BRK1 Fig. 3-28 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 30...
  • Page 77 ASD/AUD/MJD/CND model, e-STUDIO656/756/856, e-STUDIO657/757/857: ARD/ASD/AUD/MJD/CND model, e-STUDIO756/856, e-STUDIO757/857: TWD model BRK1 Fig. 3-29 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 31...
  • Page 78 SWR2 SR15 SR13 SWR1 SR12 SR14 SR10 SR11 Fig. 3-30 b. Motor, fan, solenoid, PC board RADF SOLR2 SOLR3 SOLR1 Fig. 3-31 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 32...
  • Page 79 15-12 Reverse section cooling (rear side) fan-1 REV-FAN-MOT2 Cooling down the reverse section Fig. 3-18 15-12 Reverse section cooling (front side) fan-2 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 33...
  • Page 80 Original exit motor Driving the original exit roller Fig. 3-31 87-9 RADF cooling fan Cools off the RADF drive section. Fig. 3-31 89-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 34...
  • Page 81 Bypass feed unit cover bypass feed unit cover sensor FEED-COV-SNR Detecting the opening/closing status of the Fig. 3-20 29-7 Feed cover sensor feed cover © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 35...
  • Page 82 Detecting the lifting status of the tray in the Fig. 3-22 7-18 4th drawer tray-up sensor 4th drawer (Only for JPC model of all equipments) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 36...
  • Page 83 PC board (IH board) according to the opening/closing status of the front cover (lower) or left lower cover (Cover open: Shut off) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 37...
  • Page 84 1st drawer CLT7 CST2-TR-CLT Driving the transport roller of the 2nd Fig. 3-22 7-26 2nd drawer transport clutch drawer e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 38...
  • Page 85 Fig. 3-8 3-24 Display PC board (DSP board) PWA-F-KEY1 Mounting the key switches and LEDs Fig. 3-8 3-16 Key PC board (KEY board) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 39...
  • Page 86 Heating up the fuser roller Fig. 3-12 26-5 IH coil SCN-DH-L Preventing condensation of the mirrors of Fig. 3-7 38-9 Scanner damp heater the carriage (Left) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 40...
  • Page 87 Fig. 3-25 PS-ACC Generating DC voltage and supplying it to Fig. 3-24 52-14 Switching regulator each section of the equipment Fig. 3-25 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 41...
  • Page 88 52-113 Fig. 3-29 BRK2 BREAKER2 Preventing overcurrent to the fuser unit Fig. 3-27 52-3B Breaker-2 (Only for JPC model of e-STUDIO756/856/ 857) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 42...
  • Page 89 Cleans dirt and paper dust on the drum. (9) Blade cleaning: Forcibly removes the residual toner on the drum. (10)Discharging: Discharges any remaining negative charge on the drum. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 43...
  • Page 90 Pressure roller: PFA tube roller (ø60) ← • Cleaning Cleaning web (for fuser roller cleaning) ← • Heater IH coil (Induction heating system) ON/OFF control by thermistor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 44...
  • Page 91 ← • Cleaning Cleaning web (for fuser roller cleaning) ← • Heater IH coil (Induction heating system) ON/OFF control by thermistor © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 45...
  • Page 92 Each drawer tray goes up → Initialization of the writing system The polygonal motor (M2) rotates at a constant speed. The polygonal motor (M2) rotates at a low speed. (Only for e-STUDIO556/656) The beam position is controlled. (e-STUDIO756/856) → Other The main charger cleaner operates.
  • Page 93 → The exposure lamp (EXP) is turned ON. → The scan motor (M1) is turned ON. → Carriage-1 and -2 move forward. → The polygonal motor (M2) rotates at a high speed (Only for e-STUDIO556/656) (the e-STUDIO756/856 and e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 is at a constant speed).
  • Page 94 → “Ready to resume job 1” appears. 4. Pressing the [START] button → The copying operation before the interruption resumes. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 48...
  • Page 95 Tray goes up (the drawer empty sensor (S31, 37, 43, 49) is turned OFF). ↓ “Add paper” appears. ↓ The [START] button is disabled. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 49...
  • Page 96 Copying operation is disabled. ↓ Solution: Remove the paper from the bypass tray. → The bypass paper sensor (S27) is turned OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 50...
  • Page 97 When a sheet of reversed paper is transported, horizontal transport sensor-1, -2 (S19, 20) or reverse sensor-1 (S23) does not detect paper within a fixed period of time. ↓ Paper jam (E511, E512, E540) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 51...
  • Page 98 Check the error code displayed on the control panel when “Call for service” appears, and handle the abnormality in reference to the error code table in the chapter 8. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 52...
  • Page 99 ON/OFF lamp (green) has stopped blinking and the touch panel screen and the lamp (green) have gone off. Then turn the power OFF with the main power switch. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 100 Press the [ON/OFF] button for 1 second or more to turn ON/OFF the power of the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 Fig. 3-33 e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 Fig. 3-34 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 54...
  • Page 101 3.8.2 Description of Operation [ 1 ] Dot matrix LCD circuit 1. Structure 800 x R,G,B x 480 dots Fig. 3-35 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 55...
  • Page 102 [4] Reflector [5] Carriage-1 [6] Original glass [7] Drive pulley [8] Automatic original detection sensor [9] Lens [10] CCD board [11] SLG board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 56...
  • Page 103 [3] Exposure lamp [4] Reflector [5] Carriage-1 [6] Original glass [7] Drive pulley [8] Automatic original detection sensor [9] Lens [10] CCD board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 57...
  • Page 104 Rubber damper SLG board cooling fan (M23) Exposure lamp cooling fan-1 (M36) Scanner unit cooling fan-1 (M38) Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 (M37) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 58...
  • Page 105 The light reflected from the mirror-3 is led to the CCD placed at the focal point of the lens which is fixed at this position. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 106 The size of the original placed on the glass is instantly detected using the automatic original detection sensors (S1-5) fixed on the base frame without moving the carriage-1. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 60...
  • Page 107 The size of the original placed on the glass is instantly detected using the automatic original detection sensors (S1, S2) fixed on the base frame without moving the carriage-1. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 108 Scanning an original on the RADF Carriage-1 stays at the shading position during the shading correction, and at the scanning position during the scanning operation. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 62...
  • Page 109 [A4 Series] APS-R APS-C A5-R B5-R A4-R APS-3 APS-1 APS-2 Fig. 3-42 [LT Series] APS-C APS-R ST-R APS-3 LT-R APS-2 Fig. 3-43 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 63...
  • Page 110 As for the LT series, two automatic original detection sensors detect a size in the secondary scanning direction due to the original size. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 64...
  • Page 111 One automatic original detection sensor is used in the A4 series and two are used in the LT series. In addition to this, the location of S1 differs. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 112 *1: e-STUDIO856 only e-STUDIO556/656 e-STUDIO756/856 Fig. 3-47 [1] Slit glass [2] Polygonal motor [3] Laser control PC board (PLG board) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 66...
  • Page 113 Fig. 3-48 [1] Slit glass [2] Polygonal motor [3] Laser control PC board (PLG board) *This is assembled on the equipment. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 67...
  • Page 114 LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 68...
  • Page 115 VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT, LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 69...
  • Page 116 Drawer feed sensor Registration roller (metal) Drawer transport sensor Registration roller (rubber) Intermediate transport sensor Intermediate transport roller Registration sensor Transport roller — e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 70...
  • Page 117 3rd drawer pickup roller / Tandem LCF pickup End fence home position sensor roller 3rd drawer transport sensor Tandem LCF 3rd drawer feed sensor — © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 71...
  • Page 118 This sensor detects the tray bottom position of the drawer. 13.Tandem LCF tray bottom sensor (S71) It detects the lower limit position (home position) on the LCF tray. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 72...
  • Page 119 The end fence stop position sensor (S75) detects the stopping position of the end fence so that the sheet is not pushed too much. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 120 When the drawer is inserted, the protrusion at the rear side of the drawer pushes the lever to the direction of A. Then the pickup roller and roller holder are lowered by the spring force. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 74...
  • Page 121 ( M41 ) ( * Except for JPC model ) Tandem LCF end fence motor Gear, Timing belt End fence ( M42 ) ( * Except for JPC model ) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 75...
  • Page 122 • The registration motor (M16) is turned ON and paper is transported to the transfer unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 76...
  • Page 123 If either of the tandem LCF feed sensors (S46) is ON (paper remains on the transport path) when the power is turned ON, that means a paper jam has occurred and the operation is disabled until the paper is removed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 124 When a paper jam occurs in the tandem LCF during continuous copying, the sheet that was fed before the jam is copied normally. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 78...
  • Page 125 LCF is not operational and the corresponding message is displayed on the control panel. The states (1) to (4) are cleared by turning the power OFF and solving the problems. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 126 3.15. Charger wire cleaner Main charger Discharge LED Drum surface potential sensor Drum Fig. 3-55 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 80...
  • Page 127 Thus the main charger grid, transfer belt, developer bias, laser output and auto-toner output are controlled to be at their optimum states. The temperature/humidity sensor (S7) is installed in the control panel. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 128 Drum cleaning blade Drum thermistor Drum Drum cleaning brush Recovered toner transport auger Drum recovery blade Image quality sensor Drum separation finger Fig. 3-56 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 82...
  • Page 129 It works only when the leading edge of the paper is passing the drum. The drum separation finger is pressed against the drum by this solenoid and the finger separates the paper forcibly from the drum. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 130 Reflected light Image quality sensor CTDVD-1A amount signal IC12, 98 ( CTDS-1 signal ) CTDVC-1A A/D converter Operational amplifier circuit Fig. 3-57 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 84...
  • Page 131 Upper developer sleeve Transport sleeve Lower developer sleeve Drum Doctor blade Mixer unit Paddle Auto-toner sensor Scattered toner recovery roller Fig. 3-58 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 85...
  • Page 132 Toner cartridge drive unit The toner cartridge drive unit consists of the toner cartridge holder which rotates the toner cartridge, and the sub-hopper. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 86...
  • Page 133 The new toner transport motor (M6) drives the paddle and auger of the sub-hopper through the pulley, timing belt and gear. Therefore the drive of the toner cartridge holder differs from that of the sub-hopper. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 134 The auger is equipped in the pipe to transport the toner. This auger is driven by the recycle toner transport motor (M8). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 88...
  • Page 135 Developer unit The developer unit of the e-STUDIO756/856 has a different structure (driving gear) from that of e-STUDIO556/656 due to its copy speed. The developer unit of the e-STUDIO556/656 has a protrusion on its rear side to prevent a wrong installation.
  • Page 136 3.14.3 Developer Unit Drive Developer unit drive Fig. 3-61 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 90...
  • Page 137 Transfer belt drive roller Horizontal transport roller-4 Cleaning brush Horizontal transport sensor-1 Recovery auger Horizontal transport sensor-2 Horizontal transport sensor-3 Cleaning blade Transport guide © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 91...
  • Page 138 The transport guide leads the electrostatically attracted paper to the fuser unit. The guide is made of a material which prevents a frictional charge caused by the paper. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 92...
  • Page 139 5. The transfer belt unit is lowered, stops rotating, and waits at the released position from the photoconductive drum after the completion of printing. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 140 (THMO1 and 2), the power supply to the IH coil (IH-COIL) is cut off. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 94...
  • Page 141 CPU IH coil energization permitting signal Duty ratio changing signal +5VSW +5VB Temperature AC line control circuit DC line Fig. 3-64 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 95...
  • Page 142 OFF again. After confirming that it is the fuser unit abnormality, correct the abnormality and reset the counter value (08-2002) to “0” to start up the equipment normally. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 96...
  • Page 143 When pre- 240°C or C449 On usual above running end temperature / 250°C or ready above temperature 270°C or is detected above © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 97...
  • Page 144 * The figures in the “Error code” and “Counter” fields with parentheses denote that an error status has not yet been determined (= error status is detected only once). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 98...
  • Page 145 These fans are equipped to cool down the reverse section. 5. Reverse sensor-1 and -2 (S23, S24) These sensors detect the state of paper feeding. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 146 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 100...
  • Page 147 3 sheets × 1 copy Single-sided printing operation (A4/LT) Step 1 Step 6 Step 2 Step 7 Step 3 Step 8 Step 4 Step 5 Fig. 3-66 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 101...
  • Page 148 Exit/reverse roller Reverse paper path Exit roller Exit paper path Original tray sensor (SR1) RADF opening/closing sensor (SR15) Original tray width sensor (SR2) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 102...
  • Page 149 This roller transports the original reversed in the exit path to the exit roller. 11. Exit roller This roller transports the original to the original exit tray. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 150 Original exit motor (MR4) Normal rotation / Normal rotation: Front Exit intermediate roller Reverse rotation side exiting Exit/reverse roller Reverse rotation: Exit roller Backside exiting e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 104...
  • Page 151 Size registration width sensor sensor detection detection detection determined sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 B5/B4 FOLIO A4/A3 A4-R B5-R A5-R © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 105...
  • Page 152 Size registration width sensor sensor detection detection detection determined sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 COMP COMP LT-R/LG LT-R 8.5x8.5 ST-R e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 106...
  • Page 153 Original width Original Size tray width registration detection detection detection tray sensor determined sensor sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 LT-R/LG LG/LT-R 8.5x8.5 ST-R © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 107...
  • Page 154 +36 V) are output only when the main power switch of the equipment is turned ON and the cover interlock switch is turned ON (front cover (lower) and left lower cover are closed). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 108...
  • Page 155 If the protection circuit is activated (except the case the fuse is blown out), remove the causes such as short-circuit. Turn ON the power again 1 minute later to clear the overcurrent protection. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 156 Only DC voltage and +5VS are output from the power supply unit. The [POWER] button is monitored and the LED of the main power switch is lit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 110...
  • Page 157 Output to the LGC board +12VB: CN407 Pin 6 Output to the PLG board +12VB: CN408 Pin 7 Output to the SLG board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 111...
  • Page 158 CN403 For the PLG board +5VD, +24VD2, +36VD CN404 For the SLG board, RADF +24VD2, +24VD4, +36VD CN409 For the finisher +24VD3 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 112...
  • Page 159 CN404 Pins 1 and 2 Output to the RADF 2. +36 V +36VD: CN402 Pins 5 and 6 Output to the LGC board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 113...
  • Page 160 For the PLG board CN404 +24VD4 For the RADF CN409 +24VD3 For the finisher CN415 +24VD2 For the DRV board CN416 For the LGC board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 114...
  • Page 161 4th drawer feed clutch CLT12 Gate solenoid SOL2 Bypass pickup solenoid SOL3 Tandem LCF pickup solenoid SOL7 Tandem LCF end fence solenoid SOL8 External LCF © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 115...
  • Page 162 Scan motor F8: 8A (Semi time-lag) +5VB LGC board Harnesses and sensors to be connected to F9: 3.15A (Semi time-lag) the LGC board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 116...
  • Page 163 Developer unit fan Laser unit cooling fan Switching regulator cooling fan-1 Drum separation finger solenoid SOL1 PLG board Polygonal motor Copy key card © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 117...
  • Page 164 F3: 8A (Semi time-lag) +36VD LGC board Fuser motor F7: 8A (Semi time-lag) Feed motor Drum motor F7: 8A (Semi time-lag) Transfer belt motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 118...
  • Page 165 Front right inner cover ( P.4-1 "4.1.1 Front cover (Upper/Lower)") Remove 2 screws to take off the front right inner cover. Fig. 4-3 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 1...
  • Page 166 Remove 1 screw and open the RADF. Slide the cover to the rear side to release the hook, and then take off the top left cover [1]. Fig. 4-6 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 2...
  • Page 167 4.1.8 Right center cover Open the bypass tray. Right center cover Remove 8 screws to take off the right center cover. Fig. 4-9 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 3...
  • Page 168 Left lower cover (Exit cover) Remove 6 screws to take off the left lower cover. Left lower cover ( Exit cover ) Fig. 4-12 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 4...
  • Page 169 Rear cover Loosen 1 screw fixing the ozone filter. Remove 8 screws. Then release 2 hooks to take off the rear cover. Fig. 4-14 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 5...
  • Page 170 Fig. 4-15 Remove 2 screws and take off the control panel lower cover. Control panel lower cover Fig. 4-16 Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 4-17 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 6...
  • Page 171 1 connector (with a lock). (11) Remove 2 screws, take off a USB port and then the control panel unit. Fig. 4-20 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 7...
  • Page 172 Disconnect 5 connectors. (3 of the 5 connectors are equipped with a lock.) Remove 3 screws and take off the DSP board and the sheet. Fig. 4-23 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 8...
  • Page 173 Take off the LCD panel/touch panel[1]. Note: Be sure that no dust or stain is on the LCD panel or the touch panel before the installation. Fig. 4-26 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 9...
  • Page 174 4.2.5 Control panel cover Release the 4 latches, and take off the Control panel cover control panel cover. Latch Latch Fig. 4-27 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 10...
  • Page 175 Lens cover Take off the original glass. ( P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Remove 3 screws to take off the original glass holder. Fig. 4-30 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 11...
  • Page 176 Take off the lens cover. ( P.4-11 "4.3.2 Lens cover") Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and take off the APS sensor. Fig. 4-33 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 12...
  • Page 177 Remove 2 screws and take off the brackets fixing the carriage-1 to the wire. Fig. 4-36 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 13...
  • Page 178 4. After the installation, move carriage-1 towards the left and confirm that there is no abnormality in the lamp harness, such as twisting. Punched mark Fig. 4-39 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 14...
  • Page 179 Remove 2 screws and take off the brackets fixing the carriage-1 to the wire. Fig. 4-42 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 15...
  • Page 180 ( P.9-1 "9.1.1 SYS board cover") (10) Disconnect the connector of the lamp harness [1] from the DRV board [3] . Fig. 4-44 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 16...
  • Page 181 Then take off the carriage-1. Note: When replacing the mirror-1, replace the carriage-1 together with mirror-1. Mirror-1 should not be removed. Fig. 4-47 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 17...
  • Page 182 ( P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Move the carriage-1 to the center position. Fig. 4-49 Note: Rotate the drive pulley to move the carriage. Drive pulley Fig. 4-50 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 18...
  • Page 183 Fig. 4-52 Remove 1 screw. Exposure lamp Lift up the front side of the exposure lamp and take off by sliding it. Fig. 4-53 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 19...
  • Page 184 Exposure lamp cooling fan-1 (M36) Take off the original glass. ( P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Move the carriage-1 to the right side. Fig. 4-56 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 20...
  • Page 185 Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 (M37) Take off the original glass. ( P.4-11 "4.3.1 Original glass") Move the carriage-1 to the right side. Fig. 4-59 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 21...
  • Page 186 Remove 3 screws, and take off the Exposure lamp cooling fan-1. Note: When installing the fan, do not tighten the screw too much. Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 Fig. 4-62 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 22...
  • Page 187 • Handle the unit with care. Do not touch the adjusted area and lens. (Hold the unit as the right figure.). Fig. 4-65 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 23...
  • Page 188 Tighten 4 screws securely to fix the lens unit [ Rear ] while pushing it to the rear side. Screw Screw [ Front ] Fig. 4-67 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 24...
  • Page 189 If any of the components is defective, replace the whole unit. Fig. 4-70 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 25...
  • Page 190 Screw scale of the adjusting hole on the lens unit plate. [ Front ] Fig. 4-73 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 26...
  • Page 191 Take off the carriage-1. ( P.4-13 "4.3.6 Carriage-1 (e- STUIDIO556/656/756/856)") Attach the wire holder jigs to the pulleys to prevent the wires from loosening. Fig. 4-76 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 27...
  • Page 192 (B) after the wires are installed. Then push it to the end and fix it securely. Fig. 4-79 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 28...
  • Page 193 Wire pulley Hook Tension spring Fig. 4-80 [Rear] Carriage-2 Carriage wire Bracket for carriage-1 Hook Idler pulley Wire pulley Tension spring Fig. 4-81 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 29...
  • Page 194 The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig and be passed under the arm of it. Wire holder jig Fig. 4-84 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 30...
  • Page 195 Remove 3 screws and take off the scan motor with the whole bracket. Note: hen installing the scan motor, be sure to perform the belt tension adjustment. Screw Fig. 4-87 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 31...
  • Page 196 Pass the cable through cutout of the duct Duct to install it in the equipment. • When installing, do not let the harness be caught. Fig. 4-90 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 32...
  • Page 197 Remove 1 clip to take off the actuator. Clip Fig. 4-92 Disconnect 1 connector and release 2 Platen sensor latches. Then take off the platen sensor. Fig. 4-93 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 33...
  • Page 198 Then take off the platen sensor [1]. Disconnect 1 connector and release 2 latches. Then take off the platen sensor [2]. Fig. 4-95 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 34...
  • Page 199 Fig. 4-97 Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws to take off the laser unit cooling fan. Laser unit cooling fan Fig. 4-98 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 35...
  • Page 200 ( P.4-11 "4.3.2 Lens cover") Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and take off the APS sensor. Fig. 4-100 Loosen 2 laser unit setscrews. Fig. 4-101 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 36...
  • Page 201 Laser control PC board Disconnect 3 connectors. (e-STUDIO756/856: 5 connectors) Remove 4 screws and take off the Laser control PC board (PLG board). Fig. 4-104 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 37...
  • Page 202 4. Do not disassemble the laser optical unit in the field because it is precisely Slit glass adjusted and very sensitive to dust and stain. Fig. 4-105 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 38...
  • Page 203 Fig. 4-106 Loosen 9 screws and take off the plate cover[1]. Fig. 4-107 Release the wire [1] fixing the laser unit. Fig. 4-108 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 39...
  • Page 204 ( P.4-35 "4.4.1 Laser unit cooling fan") From the laser optical unit [1], disconnect 3 connectors connected to the laser control PC board [2]. Fig. 4-111 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 40...
  • Page 205 Disconnect 2 connectors connected to the laser control PC board [1]. Fig. 4-113 Release 2 harness clamps [1] and remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-114 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 41...
  • Page 206 PC board because those for e- STUDIO657 and e-STUDIO857 are different. * The label [1] color of the PLG board e-STUDIO657: White e-STUDIO857: Pink Fig. 4-116 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 42...
  • Page 207 5. Do not take off the laser driving board (LDR board) [1] or the SNS board [2] installed in the laser optical unit, or loosen the screws. Fig. 4-118 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 43...
  • Page 208 If the drawer is not pulled out completely, when the paper feeder unit is taken off, the sensor may get damaged. Right lower cover Fig. 4-121 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 44...
  • Page 209 Remove 1 clip to take off the pickup roller. Pickup roller Fig. 4-123 Remove 2 screws to take off the guide. Guide Fig. 4-124 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 45...
  • Page 210 [ 3 ] Tray-up sensor (S32/S38/S44/S50) Disconnect 1 connector. Tray-up sensor Pull the lever and take off the tray-up sensor while the pickup roller is lowered. Fig. 4-127 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 46...
  • Page 211 E-ring latch does not overlap the flat part of the shaft. Harness: Purple Feed clutch Fig. 4-130 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 47...
  • Page 212 3. When fixing the clutch with the E-ring, be sure that the one side of the E-ring latch does not overlap the flat part of the shaft. Fig. 4-133 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 48...
  • Page 213 Note: Equipment with the LCF does not have the 3rd and 4th drawer bottom sensors. Drawer bottom sensor Fig. 4-136 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 49...
  • Page 214 Remove 1 screw on the varistor. Paper guide Removing 4 screws and 4 bushings to take off the paper guide. Varistor Fig. 4-139 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 50...
  • Page 215 Then remove the pulley and bearing to take off the transport roller with its shaft. Pulley Bearing Fig. 4-142 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 51...
  • Page 216 (the shield plate is pushed upward). Note: When installing the sensor, make sure the sensor arm moves properly. Sensor arm Fig. 4-144 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 52...
  • Page 217 3. Make sure there is no staining such as oil Metal on the surface of the timing belt, pulley bushing Pickup roller and roller. Fig. 4-147 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 53...
  • Page 218 Screw Screw Connector Fig. 4-149 Disconnect the connector and take off the bypass feed sensor. Bypass feed sensor Stay Fig. 4-150 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 54...
  • Page 219 Fig. 4-152 [ 4 ] Separation roller Remove 4 screws to take off the paper guide. Screw Paper guide Screw Screw Fig. 4-153 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 55...
  • Page 220 Remove 3 screws and release 4 latches to take off the bypass tray upper cover. Bypass tray upper cover Hook Latch Latch Screw Fig. 4-156 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 56...
  • Page 221 Install the feed roller for the one-way clutch to come to the rear side. Fig. 4-159 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 57...
  • Page 222 The spring which pushes open the cover is inside the tray driving unit, so be careful when you remove the cover. Spring Spring Fig. 4-162 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 58...
  • Page 223 Release the harness from the clamp and remove 6 screws to take off the feed driving Screw Feed drive unit unit. Screw Screw Fig. 4-165 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 59...
  • Page 224 Remove 1 screw and take off the plate spring. Paper guide Plate spring Fig. 4-167 Remove 1 clip and 2 springs. Clip Spring Fig. 4-168 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 60...
  • Page 225 Remove 1 screw and take off the sensor with Registration sensor the bracket. Disconnect 1 connector, release the latch and take off the sensor. Fig. 4-171 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 61...
  • Page 226 Remove 3 screws and take off the motor with the bracket. Remove 2 screws and take off the motor. Screw Screw Fig. 4-174 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 62...
  • Page 227 Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket. Standby side Disconnect 1 connector, release the latch mis-stacking sensor and take off the Standby side mis-stacking sensor. Fig. 4-176 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 63...
  • Page 228 (Be sure not to wire it on the side of the motor.) Filament tape Motor Motor Fig. 4-178 Release 2 gear latches and remove the gear. Gear Latch Fig. 4-179 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 64...
  • Page 229 Fig. 4-181 [ 4 ] Tandem LCF bottom sensor (S71) Remove 2 screws and take off the plates. Fig. 4-182 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 65...
  • Page 230 [ 5 ] End fence home position sensor (S73) / Standby side empty sensor (S74) / End fence stop position sensor (S75) Remove 1 screw and take off the plate cover. End fence Plate cover Fig. 4-185 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 66...
  • Page 231 ( P.9-9 "9.1.12 Switching regulator (PS) (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857)") Disconnect 1 connector, remove 3 screws and take off the Tandem LCF tray-up motor. Tandem LCF tray-up motor Screw Fig. 4-187 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 67...
  • Page 232 Main charger grid Button Fig. 4-189 Take off 1 finger and then the front terminal cover. Terminal cover Latch Fig. 4-190 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 68...
  • Page 233 Charger wire Terminal Spring Fig. 4-192 Remove 1 screw and take off the cleaning Screw pad. Cleaning pad Fig. 4-193 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 69...
  • Page 234 Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Wire cleaner drive motor Fig. 4-196 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 70...
  • Page 235 LED from the guide. Note: Assemble the discharge LED so that all Discharge LED fingers of the guide are hooked. Lock pin Discharge LED Fig. 4-199 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 71...
  • Page 236 The drum surface potential sensor consists of the detection section and the board section as a set. Locking support Locking support Fig. 4-202 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 72...
  • Page 237 Remove 2 screws and take off the exit section cooling fan from the bracket. Exit section cooling fan Fig. 4-205 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 73...
  • Page 238 Remove 1 screw on the left face of the rear cover and pull out the ozone filter. Ozone filter Remove the ozone filter from the case. Fig. 4-206 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 74...
  • Page 239 Turn the cam to release the pressure of the cleaning blade. Remove 3 screws to take off the drum shaft. Drum shaft Fig. 4-209 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 75...
  • Page 240 • No foreign matter must be attached on the cleaner stay. Cleaner stay Gap plate No gap Fig. 4-212 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 76...
  • Page 241 Fig. 4-214 4.8.4 Recovery blade Take off the cleaning blade. ( P.4-77 "4.8.3 Cleaning blade") Separate the recovery blade gently. Recovery blade Fig. 4-215 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 77...
  • Page 242 ( P.4-75 "4.8.1 Cleaner unit") Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws to take off the image quality sensor. Image quality sensor Fig. 4-218 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 78...
  • Page 243 Remove 2 screws to take off the plate on the rear side. Screw Plate Fig. 4-220 Remove the E-ring to take off the cam. E-ring Fig. 4-221 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 79...
  • Page 244 3. Be sure to install the separation finger in the correct position because the shape of the separation finger in the middle and on the outer side is different. Fig. 4-224 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 80...
  • Page 245 Remove the E-ring to take off the cam. E-ring Fig. 4-226 Remove 3 screws and take off the guide cover [1]. Fig. 4-227 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 81...
  • Page 246 Remove 1 E-ring [2] and spring [3]. Take off the separation finger [4] (in the middle) at the front from the shaft. Fig. 4-230 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 82...
  • Page 247 2. Be sure to hang both edges of the spring [1] on the hooks of the separation finger and the holder. Fig. 4-233 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 83...
  • Page 248 (SOL1) Take off the exhaust duct. ( P.4-73 "4.7.6 Exhaust duct") Remove 1 screw and take off the stay. Stay Fig. 4-236 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 84...
  • Page 249 Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Screw Screw Fig. 4-238 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 85...
  • Page 250 Remove 2 screws to take off the toner cartridge switch. Screw Toner cartridge detection switch Fig. 4-241 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 86...
  • Page 251 Fig. 4-243 4.9.5 New toner transport motor (M6) Remove 3 screws to take off the top cover. Top cover Screw Screw Fig. 4-244 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 87...
  • Page 252 Disconnect 1 connector to release the harness from the clamp. Connector Remove 2 screws to take off the motor with bracket. Bracket Gear Fig. 4-247 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 88...
  • Page 253 Vibration could cause stains on the image after assembling, especially when the Fig. 4-250 remaining toner amount in the cartridge is small. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 89...
  • Page 254 Take off the developer unit. ( P.4-90 "4.9.8 Developer unit") Remove 2 screws to take off the top cover. Top cover Fig. 4-253 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 90...
  • Page 255 Urethane seal ( inside ) Urethane seal Fig. 4-256 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 91...
  • Page 256 Auto-toner sensor Release the harness from the clamp and pull out the harness. Remove 2 screws to take off the auto-toner sensor. Fig. 4-259 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 92...
  • Page 257 E-ring bushing. Remove 4 screws, the rear side frame and Bushing then disconnect the bias connector. Screw Gear E-ring Screw Spring Fig. 4-262 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 93...
  • Page 258 Take off the toner recovery roller. Developer sleeve holder Screw Remove 2 screws of the developer sleeve holder on the front side. Scattered toner recovery roller Fig. 4-265 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 94...
  • Page 259 Pole position fixing bushing Fig. 4-267 (10) Remove the developer sleeve holder on the front and rear side. Developer sleeve holder Gear Fig. 4-268 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 95...
  • Page 260 * Procedure for replacing an oil seal: ( P.4-99 "4.9.18 Procedure for replacing an oil seal") Transport sleeve Fig. 4-271 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 96...
  • Page 261 Take off the mixer. Gear ( P.4-97 "4.9.16 Mixer") Remove 1 E-ring, the gear and parallel pin on the rear side. E-ring Fig. 4-274 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 97...
  • Page 262 Take out the paddle. * Procedure for replacing an oil seal: ( P.4-99 "4.9.18 Procedure for replacing an oil seal") Paddle Paddle bushing Fig. 4-276 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 98...
  • Page 263 Remove 2 screws to take off the motor from the bracket. Screw Screw Fig. 4-278 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 99...
  • Page 264 Pull out the toner filter. Remove 2 screws to pull out the filter duct. Disconnect 1 connector of the fan. Toner filter Filter duct Fig. 4-281 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 100...
  • Page 265 Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Used toner transport motor Fig. 4-284 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 101...
  • Page 266 Remove 4 screws. Slide the transfer unit to the rear side and Connector raise the front side to take it off. Screw Screw Fig. 4-287 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 102...
  • Page 267 Transfer belt unit ( P.4-102 "4.10.1 Transfer unit") Turn the transfer belt unit 90º and pull it out upward. Transfer unit Fig. 4-290 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 103...
  • Page 268 Remove 1 screw and then the plate spring. Slide the transport guide to the rear side to Fig. 4-293 pull it out upward. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 104...
  • Page 269 3. After installing the blade, be sure that the seals on both sides are not damaged. Cleaning blade Fig. 4-296 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 105...
  • Page 270 Hold A (shaft) or B (stay) with your left hand. Hold the slide rail on the right with your right hand. Fig. 4-299 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 106...
  • Page 271 (14) Fix the transfer/transport unit with 2 stepped screws. (15) Assemble it in the reverse order of the disassembling procedure. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 107...
  • Page 272 ( P.4-106 "4.10.5 Transfer/Transport unit") Disconnect each connector and remove 1 clip. Remove horizontal transport section driving clutch-3 (CLT3) [1] and -2 (CLT2) [2]. Fig. 4-304 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 108...
  • Page 273 Take off the driving clutch from the shaft. Horizontal transport section Note: driving clutch-1 Fix the stopper of the clutch in the “R” marked side. Black Fig. 4-307 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 109...
  • Page 274 Take off the driving clutch [1] from the shaft. Note: To secure the clutch (CLT1) [1], be sure to insert its stopper to the metal plate. Fig. 4-310 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 110...
  • Page 275 Remove 3 screws to take off the flywheel. Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws to take off the cam driving unit. Transfer belt contact/release cam drive unit Fig. 4-313 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 111...
  • Page 276 Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Transfer belt cam motor Fig. 4-315 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 112...
  • Page 277 Harness ( 5 ) Harness clamp Harness ( 7 ) Shaft ( 6 ) Web motor Harness clamp Connector Connector Fuser unit cover (front) Fig. 4-316 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 113...
  • Page 278 ( Without tag ) checking. Especially do not touch the IGBT IGBT when the power is ON since it is generating high-voltage. Fig. 4-319 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 114...
  • Page 279 IH coil. Disconnect 4 connectors. Screw Remove 2 screws and open the IH cover-2 to the front side. Screw Connector Connector Fig. 4-322 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 115...
  • Page 280 • The position of the fuser unit installation screw is different. • Engraved identification mark: e-STUDIO557: 55 e-STUDIO657/757/857: 85 e-STUDIO557 e-STUDIO657/757/857 Fig. 4-324 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 116...
  • Page 281 E-ring E-ring Fig. 4-326 Note: When the cleaning web has been installed, be sure that the web is tightly reeled. Fig. 4-327 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 117...
  • Page 282 2. The remaining portion of the cleaning web can be checked from the small square hole of the fuser unit. Full Fig. 4-330 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 118...
  • Page 283 ( P.4-117 "4.11.3 Cleaning web unit / Cleaning web") Remove 2 screws to take off the fuser unit Screw cover (front). Screw Fig. 4-331 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 119...
  • Page 284 Remove 2 stepped screws. Then take off the upper separation finger unit and a crank bracket by sliding them to the rear side. Crank plate Fig. 4-334 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 120...
  • Page 285 Pressure screw Take off the cleaning web unit. ( P.4-117 "4.11.3 Cleaning web unit / Cleaning web") Loosen 2 pressure screws completely. Fig. 4-337 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 121...
  • Page 286 2.0-2.5 mm. 3. When installing, make sure that the thermistor is in touch with the fuser roller. Thermostat Heat roller Fig. 4-340 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 122...
  • Page 287 Remove 2 screws, release 2 harness clamp Screw and take off the bracket with releasing the Bracket catching section. Harness clamp Screw Fig. 4-343 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 123...
  • Page 288 (11) Remove 2 screws and take off the bearing (rear). E-ring Screw Gear, One-way clutch Fig. 4-345 (12) Remove 1 C-ring (front). C-ring ( front ) Fig. 4-346 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 124...
  • Page 289 Release the latch of the sensor to take off the web detection sensor. Screw Fig. 4-349 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 125...
  • Page 290 Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Web motor Fig. 4-352 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 126...
  • Page 291 2. Be sure that the thermistor is contacting Fig. 4-354 with the pressure roller when it has been installed. 3. When installing, be careful not to deform the thermistor. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 127...
  • Page 292 Disconnect 1 connector, remove 2 screws and then take off the reverse section cooling fan-2. Reverse section cooling fan-2 Fig. 4-357 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 128...
  • Page 293 Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and then take off the reverse sensor-2. Reverse sensor-2 Fig. 4-360 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 129...
  • Page 294 However, the position of the solenoid can be adjusted by moving this screw to the position B when the flap valve of the solenoid is not pulled enough. Fig. 4-363 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 130...
  • Page 295 Fig. 4-365 Release 4 locking supports to take off the Reverse motor driving PC board MOT2-RV board. Fig. 4-366 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 131...
  • Page 296 Reverse roller-2 Reverse roller-1 the reverse roller-1. Remove 2 E-rings and 2 bearings to take off the reverse roller-2. Bearing Bearing Fig. 4-369 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 132...
  • Page 297 2 O-rings to the grooves of the exit roller. Note: O-ring: Refer to the parts list for the parts number and so on. O-ring Fig. 4-372 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 133...
  • Page 298  P.4-5 "4.1.13 Rear cover") Disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-373 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-374 Open the RADF and remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-375 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 134...
  • Page 299 RADF front cover Open the original jam access cover and remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-377 Open the RADF and remove 4 screws. Fig. 4-378 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 135...
  • Page 300 Note: There is a Mylar attached to the hinge to prevent your fingers from being caught. Treat it carefully. Fig. 4-381 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 136...
  • Page 301 Fig. 4-382 Remove 2 screws and the hinge pin. Fig. 4-383 Slide the original jam access cover to take it off. Fig. 4-384 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 137...
  • Page 302 ( P.4-145 "4.13.13 Paper feeder unit") Disconnect 1 connector from the RADF board. LED3 Fig. 4-386 Remove 1 screw and take off the bushing. Fig. 4-387 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 138...
  • Page 303 2. When installing the platen sheet unit, be sure to perform the platen sheet adjustment. ( P.6-83 "6.15.9 Platen Sheet") Fig. 4-390 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 139...
  • Page 304 ( P.4-139 "4.13.8 Platen sheet unit") Remove 5 screws. Fig. 4-391 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-392 Take off the RADF exit tray. Fig. 4-393 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 140...
  • Page 305 Fig. 4-394 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-395 Remove 2 screws and take off the reading Reading start guide unit start guide unit. Fig. 4-396 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 141...
  • Page 306 [4]. Note: Only e-STUDIO657/857 has a core. Fig. 4-398 Remove 1 screw and take off the leaf spring. Fig. 4-399 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 142...
  • Page 307 (11) Remove 1 E-ring, 1 pulley, 1 pin, 1 timing Bracket belt, 1 guide bushing and the bracket. Guide bushing Timing belt Pulley E-ring Fig. 4-403 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 143...
  • Page 308 Remove 4 screws and take off the platen guide. Fig. 4-405 Remove 4 screws and take off the original holding guide. Fig. 4-406 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 144...
  • Page 309 2 screws and take off the arm unit on the front side. Fig. 4-407 Remove 1 clip and slide the bushing. Fig. 4-408 Take off the paper feeder unit. Fig. 4-409 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 145...
  • Page 310 Take off the paper feeder unit. ( P.4-145 "4.13.13 Paper feeder unit") Remove 1 clip. Then slide the pulley and remove 1 pin. Fig. 4-412 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 146...
  • Page 311 Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Remove 4 screws and take off the feeder upper guide unit. Fig. 4-415 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 147...
  • Page 312 Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Remove 4 screws and take off the feeder upper guide unit [1]. Fig. 4-418 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 148...
  • Page 313 RADF with double-faced adhesive tape. Fig. 4-419 Take off the separation roller [1]. Fig. 4-420 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 149...
  • Page 314 ( P.4-135 "4.13.2 RADF front cover") Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-423 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 150...
  • Page 315 Lift the guide. Take off the original registration roller. Note: When installing the original registration roller, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Fig. 4-426 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 151...
  • Page 316 When installing the intermediate transport roller, refix the loosened screw and tighten Bushing the belt tension. Bushing Intermediate transport roller E-ring Fig. 4-429 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 152...
  • Page 317 Remove 1 screw. Remove 1 timing belt, 1 pulley and 1 bearing. Bearing Pulley Fig. 4-431 Remove 1 E-ring and 1 bushing. Bushing E-ring Fig. 4-432 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 153...
  • Page 318 ( P.4-135 "4.13.2 RADF front cover") Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Remove 1 clip and 1 bushing. Bushing Clip Fig. 4-435 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 154...
  • Page 319 Take off the reading end roller. Note: When installing the reading end roller, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Fig. 4-438 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 155...
  • Page 320 Take off the exit/reverse guide. ( P.4-142 "4.13.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Remove 2 screws and take off the guide. Fig. 4-441 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 156...
  • Page 321 Take off the exit/reverse guide. ( P.4-142 "4.13.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Remove 2 screws and take off the guide. Fig. 4-444 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 157...
  • Page 322 ( P.4-142 "4.13.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Remove 2 screws and take off the 2 leaf springs. Fig. 4-447 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 158...
  • Page 323 Remove 1 clip, 1 pulley, 1 pin and 1 bushing. Pulley Clip Fig. 4-449 Remove 1clip and 1 bushing. Bushing Clip Fig. 4-450 Remove the reverse roller. Fig. 4-451 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 159...
  • Page 324 Fig. 4-453 4.13.27 Original feed motor bracket Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-454 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 160...
  • Page 325 Fig. 4-456 4.13.28 Read motor (MR2) Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 4-457 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 161...
  • Page 326 Note: When installing the read motor bracket, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Connector Fig. 4-460 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 162...
  • Page 327 Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Disconnect 1 connector [1]. Remove 1 spring [2]. Loosen 2 screws [3]. Fig. 4-463 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 163...
  • Page 328 3. Install spring [2]. 4. Loosen 2 screws [1], check that the belt is made tense with the spring and then tighten them. Fig. 4-466 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 164...
  • Page 329 Connector Fig. 4-467 Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket from the RADF cooling fan. Fig. 4-468 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 165...
  • Page 330 When installing the solenoid, check if it is aligned with the position indicated in the figure. (The scale is longer in the center.). Fig. 4-471 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 166...
  • Page 331 Fig. 4-473 Note: Before taking off the solenoid, read the scale. When reinstalling, align it with the corresponding position on the scale. Fig. 4-474 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 167...
  • Page 332 Fig. 4-476 Note: Before taking off the solenoid, read the scale. When reinstalling, align it with the corresponding position on the scale. Fig. 4-477 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 168...
  • Page 333 Fig. 4-479 4.13.37 RADF opening/closing switch (SWR2) Take off the RADF board bracket. ( P.4-181 "4.13.56 RADF board bracket") Disconnect 3 connectors. Fig. 4-480 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 169...
  • Page 334 Fig. 4-482 Note: Be sure to install the switch so that the arm comes to the upper side of the switch. Fig. 4-483 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 170...
  • Page 335 Remove 4 screws and take off the sensor bracket. Fig. 4-485 Disconnect 1 connector. Release 2 latches and take off the original empty sensor. Original empty sensor Fig. 4-486 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 171...
  • Page 336 Fig. 4-488 4.13.41 Feeder lower guide unit Take off the original tray. ( P.4-138 "4.13.6 Original tray") Take off the guide. Fig. 4-489 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 172...
  • Page 337 ( P.4-172 "4.13.41 Feeder lower guide unit") Disconnect 1 connector. Lift the actuator, release 2 latches and take off the original width detection sensor-2. Fig. 4-492 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 173...
  • Page 338 ( P.4-142 "4.13.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide") Remove 2 screws and take off the 2 leaf springs. Fig. 4-495 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 174...
  • Page 339 ( P.4-139 "4.13.7 Original reverse tray") Remove 2 screws and release 8 latches to take off the original side guide unit. Fig. 4-498 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 175...
  • Page 340 ( P.4-139 "4.13.7 Original reverse tray") Remove 2 screws and release 8 latches to take off the original side guide unit. Fig. 4-501 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 176...
  • Page 341 Remove 1 spring and take off the locking bracket. Locking Bracket Locking lever Fig. 4-504 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 177...
  • Page 342 / Reading end guide") Disconnect 1 connector. Release 2 latches and take off the original reverse unit opening/ closing sensor. Fig. 4-507 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 178...
  • Page 343 Take off the reading start guide unit. ( P.4-141 "4.13.10 Reading start guide unit") Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 screw and take off the sensor bracket. Fig. 4-510 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 179...
  • Page 344 When replacing the original reading start sensor, be sure to perform the original reading start sensor adjustment. ( P.6-80 "6.15.8 Original reading start sensor adjustment") Fig. 4-513 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 180...
  • Page 345 Fig. 4-515 4.13.56 RADF board bracket Take off the RADF rear cover. ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") LED3 Disconnect 11 connectors. Fig. 4-516 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 181...
  • Page 346 ( P.4-136 "4.13.3 RADF rear cover") Remove the harnesses from the harness guide. Remove 3 screws and take off the harness guide. Fig. 4-518 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 182...
  • Page 347 Unplug the power cable. Press the button to separate the Large Capacity Feeder (LCF) from the equipment. Fig. 4-521 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 183...
  • Page 348 Fig. 4-523 Remove 2 fixing screws on the rear side. Screw Fig. 4-524 Remove 2 fixing screws on the front side. Screw Fig. 4-525 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 184...
  • Page 349 Note: Be careful when lifting the Large Capacity Feeder (LCF) because it is heavy. Fig. 4-526 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 185...
  • Page 350 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 186...
  • Page 351 [8]+[9]+ Performs firmware update with download jig. [POWER] [POWER] OFF/ON Password [4]+[8]+[9]+ Resets the administrator password and service [POWER] reset mode [POWER] password. OFF/ON © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 1...
  • Page 352 [E] About each mode • Control panel check mode (01): <Operation procedure> [POWER] OFF/ON [0][1] LED lit/ (Exit) [START] (Button check) [POWER] LCD blinking [START] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 2...
  • Page 353 [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] 1: Auto-toner adjustment (Operation started) (Exit) 2: PM Support Screen • Firmware update mode (49 or 89): Refer to “11. FIRMWARE UPDATING”. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 3...
  • Page 354 Enter the user name and password on the SERVICE TECHNICIAN PASSWORD screen, then press [OK]. They are set by default as follows: * User Name: Service / Password: None e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 4...
  • Page 355 Note that the user data are deleted at that time. Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. Enter the password for Service UI on the USER FUNCTIONS screen. The SERVICE MODE screen is displayed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 5...
  • Page 356 Press the [SETTINGS] button on the SERVICE MODE screen to display the SETTINGS screen. Fig. 5-4 Press the [SERVICE PASSWORD] button to change the service password, or [RESET ADMIN PASSWORD] to reset the administrator password. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 6...
  • Page 357 Refer to “15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)” in this manual for the items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 358 * Return to the standby screen for code input by pressing the [CLEAR] button. Refer to “15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)” in this manual for the codes available in the test mode 03. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 8...
  • Page 359 During test printing, the [C] button is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed. * Refer to “15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)” in this manual for the codes available in the test print mode. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 360 [START] ([FAX] ) (Exit) [POWER] (Code) adjustment *[CANCEL] or [CLEAR] [START] (Test copy) * When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, error message is displayed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 10...
  • Page 361 In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 362 Leading edge position adjustment 04-142 (OHP For OHP films film mode) Grid pattern – 1 (Black / Thick paper 1) For Thick paper 1(same as 04-113, THICK1) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 12...
  • Page 363 [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [Digital key] [POWER] OFF/ON [START] [POWER] (Code) (Exit) Sets or [INTERRUPT] changes value (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 13...
  • Page 364 [CANCEL] [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [Digital key] [POWER] [START] [START] [POWER] (Code) (Sub-code) OFF/ON [INTERRUPT] (Exit) Adjustment value [CLEAR] cannot be changed (Corrects value) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 14...
  • Page 365 SRAM will be deleted with this function. • When this operation has been done, do not perform HDD partition creation (Format HDD) before the normal start-up.. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 15...
  • Page 366 It overwrites all the used areas on the SRAM board with the selected data, and makes it unusable. Immediately after selecting this function, the processing starts and is completed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 16...
  • Page 367 When the HDD is replaced, the service tech password stored in the new one is set as a blank. Therefore, its password is copied to the SRAM board so that both passwords become the same with this function. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 368 6. Erase HDD Securely 7. Erase SRAM Securely 8. Clear Service Tech Password Fig. 5-6 Select the item with the digital keys and press the [START] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 18...
  • Page 369 Select number (1-2) and press START key 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Remove key Fig. 5-7 • When a normal HDD is mounted © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 19...
  • Page 370 Select number (1-2) and press START key 1. Revert factory initial status HDD => 2. Remove key Operation Failed. Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig. 5-9 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 20...
  • Page 371 Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig. 5-11 Note: If the equipment is started in the normal mode with this condition, an HDD mounting error occurs. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 21...
  • Page 372 Data in the HDD has been erased. Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig. 5-13 Note: After this operation, the equipment becomes reusable without reinstalling the firmware. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 22...
  • Page 373 Fig. 5-14 Remark: When the mode is started, “1. Check F/S” is selected by default. (“>” is displayed on the left of the selected number.) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 23...
  • Page 374 3-8: Recovers each partition shown above. Remark: More than one partition can be selected. (“>” is displayed on the left of the selected number.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 24...
  • Page 375 If [1. Except /] is selected, log database is also initialized. Back up the data before initializing if necessary. • If [1.Except/] is selected, do not perform SRAM data formatting (Clear SRAM) before the normal start-up. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 25...
  • Page 376 Indicates the value of the specified HDD condition as compared to the manufacturer's optimum value. • Worst: Worst Ever Normalized Attribute Value Indicates the worst value of NAV permitted by the manufacturer. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 26...
  • Page 377 Please Select Mode 1. Check F/S 2. Recovery F/S 3. Initialize HDD 4. Initialize DB 5. SMART Info 6. DISK Info >7. HDD Utility Fig. 5-21 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 27...
  • Page 378 : xxxx(x.x.x.x) Update Mode : 6c Mode 0. Set Serial Number 1. Clear SRAM 2. Reset Date and Time 3. SRAM Re-Initialize Support Fig. 5-23 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 28...
  • Page 379 2037 or when the actual end of the year 2037 has come. • After selecting this, start the equipment in the normal mode to reset the date and time. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 380 After updating with a download jig and clearing the SRAM data, select this item. • After clearing the SRAM data, initialize SRAM following its replacement procedure. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 30...
  • Page 381 The buttons on the control panel keep blinking while data are being stored in the USB media. Do not disconnect the USB media while data are being stored. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 382 214: TOTAL_COUNTER_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 221: 05DIFFERENCE_CODE_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 222: 08DIFFERENCE_CODE_LIST_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS).csv 223: JOB_LOG_serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS) (encrypted file)/ MESSAGE_LOG_ serial_date and time(YYYYMMDDHHMMSS) (encrypted file) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 32...
  • Page 383 (Maximum 100 items) Version list Engine FW log Total counter list (05) adjustment value difference (08) setting value difference Job log/Message log All CSV files © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 33...
  • Page 384 The selected adjustment codes and the current adjustment value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the adjustment code (05):  P.5-10 "5.6 Adjustment mode (05)" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 34...
  • Page 385 The selected setting codes and the current setting value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the setting code (08):  P.5-13 "5.8 Setting mode (08)" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 386 PM units. Use this list for confirming the PM units to be replaced at each PM. See the following page for PM: Refer to  P.7-1 "7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 36...
  • Page 387 Pixel counter data (toner cartridge reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P.5-46 "5.14 Pixel counter" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 37...
  • Page 388 Pixel counter data (service call reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P.5-46 "5.14 Pixel counter" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 38...
  • Page 389 Fig. 5-30 The error history is output. See the following page for the parameters for each error: Refer to  P.8-184 "8.3.16 Error in Printer Function". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 39...
  • Page 390 Printer counter data (black) when the ROM was downloaded LIST List print counter data when the ROM was downloaded Fax print counter data when the ROM was downloaded e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 40...
  • Page 391 Whether the power was turned ON or OFF, or if it was turned ON or OFF with a remote reset function TOTAL Total counter data when the power was turned OFF and then back ON © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 41...
  • Page 392 Some of the characters in the fonts that are used to print the version list are not supported. As a result, the language names under LANGUAGE VERSION may not be printed correctly when printing the version list. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 42...
  • Page 393 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 Fig. 5-34 The log of engine firmware is output. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 43...
  • Page 394 1402 1402 LARGE TOTAL 1466 1466 LIST BLACK TOTAL SMALL LARGE TOTAL SCAN COUNTER TOTAL Fig. 5-35 The list of total counter is output. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 44...
  • Page 395 08-9022 (Production process management status for easy setup). In this case, the current values are stored in the file, but not the ones for unpacking and setting up. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 396 Manual TEXT PHOTO density density density density density density /PHOTO Center Original mode Density setting Fig. 5-37 Factors affecting toner consumption and the tendency e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 46...
  • Page 397 “1.49” is added to the print count when printing on B4 size. (area ratio to A4: 149%) “1.27” is added to the print count when printing on LG size. (area ratio to LT: 127%) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 398 Service technician reference   Copier function   Printer function   FAX function   Total Table 2-201 Type of calculated data e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 48...
  • Page 399 The relation between pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge is as follows: Standard number of output pages X/10 6% 12% Pixel count (%) Fig. 5-38 Pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 49...
  • Page 400 The following screen is displayed when the toner cartridge reference is selected in the setting mode (08-6505). Fig. 5-39 Information screen of toner cartridge reference e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 50...
  • Page 401 The following screen is displayed when the service technician reference is selected in the setting mode (08-6505). Fig. 5-40 Information screen of service technician reference e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 51...
  • Page 402 23456 12345 45678 Average Pixel Count [%] 12345 23456 45678 20040711 Latest Pixel Count [%] 12345 Fig. 5-42 Data list of service technician reference e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 52...
  • Page 403 3: 15.1 - 20% 4: 20.1 - 25% 5: 25.1 - 30% 6: 30.1 - 40% 7: 40.1 - 60% 8: 60.1- 80% 9: 80.1 - 100% e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 53...
  • Page 404 The date (08-6502 was performed) is stored. Toner cartridge reference cleared date The toner cartridge reference cleared date is displayed.(08-6514) The date (08-6503 was performed) is stored. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 54...
  • Page 405 Code in mode 05 6.4.1 Automatic gamma adjustment 7165 Adjust the image quality if necessary. (Chapter 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7) * : Only for e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 Fig. 6-1 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 1...
  • Page 406 After about two minutes and 30 seconds, the value B automatically starts changing. 230% 2000 TEST MODE WAIT Fig. 6-4 After a short time, the value B becomes stable and the display changes as follows. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 2...
  • Page 407 Key in code [2120] and press the [START] button. When the message “WAIT” goes off, turn the power OFF by shutdown. Install the toner cartridge. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 3...
  • Page 408 (d) Reproduction ratio of secondary scanning 3032 direction (e) Image location of secondary scanning direction 3031 (f) Top margin 4050 (g) Right margin 4052 (h) Bottom margin 4053 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 4...
  • Page 409 If the test copy does not satisfy the specified values, 100% return to step 1 and repeat the adjustment COPYING procedure. Power OFF/ON : Exit the Adjustment Mode. Fig. 6-7 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 5...
  • Page 410 Paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted in the following procedure by performing the code 05-4579. Select the drawer. Fig. 6-8 Select the paper size. Fig. 6-9 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 6...
  • Page 411 As for the codes shown in the table below, the paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted by a direct entry with the digital keys. (For codes not shown in this table, perform the adjustment with the touch panel.) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 412 Mylar sheet as it is transported by the registration roller. If this scraping noise is annoying, try to decrease the value. Fig. 6-12 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 8...
  • Page 413 * As a tentative countermeasure, the service life of the feed roller can be extended by increasing the aligning amount. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 414 Refer to “[D] Secondary scanning data laser writing start position” 52 ± 0.5mm Refer to “[E] Primary scanning data laser writing start position at duplexing” e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 10...
  • Page 415 Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed out since the line is occasionally vanished. [C] Reproduction ratio of secondary scanning direction (Fine adjustment of transfer belt motor rotation speed (Copier/Printer)) <Procedure> © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 11...
  • Page 416 05-4402 A3/LD 0 to 80 Paper fed from the 2nd drawer (recommen ded) 1st drawer 05-4058 0 to 40 Tandem LCF 05-4561 0 to 40 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 12...
  • Page 417  “100% A” is displayed.  Press [3]  [FAX](A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (0.05 mm/step). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 418 When the setting value for the code 05-4019-0 has been changed, check the laser writing start position with A4-R/LT-R paper, and then set the value for the 05-4019-2 again if required. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 14...
  • Page 419 05-4560 (4th drawer * JPC model only), 05-4063(LCF), 05-4061 (Bypass feed), 05-4062 (Duplexing) 05-4019-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD),  52±0.5 mm (0.05 mm/step) 05-4019-1 (1st drawer/Tandem LCF, A4/LT) 05-4019-2 (A4-R/LT-R) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 15...
  • Page 420 • Step 2 In case of C: Tighten the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CW). In case of D: Loosen the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CCW). Fig. 6-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 16...
  • Page 421 * The larger the adjustment value is, the higher the reproduction ratio and the longer the distance A become. (e-STUDIO556/656: 0.3 mm/step) (e-STUDIO756/856, e-STUDIO757/857: 0.1 mm/step) (e-STUDIO557/657: 0.08 mm/step) Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-17 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 17...
  • Page 422 * The smaller the adjustment value is, the more the image is shifted to the left and the distance B becomes narrower (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-18 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 18...
  • Page 423 * The smaller the adjustment value is, the lower the reproduction ratio becomes (0.05 mm/ step). Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-19 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 19...
  • Page 424 * The larger the adjustment value is, the more the image is shifted to the trailing edge (0.095 mm/step). Copied image of the ruler Feeding direction Fig. 6-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 20...
  • Page 425  (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). Feeding direction Fig. 6-21 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 21...
  • Page 426  (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the right side becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig. 6-22 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 22...
  • Page 427  (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the trailing edge becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig. 6-23 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 23...
  • Page 428 Then, check if the patch chart on the original glass is placed in the wrong direction or if it is placed inclined on the original glass, and then repeat step (3) and afterward. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 24...
  • Page 429 Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 430 Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustment using the following procedure. <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-25 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 26...
  • Page 431 <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-25 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 27...
  • Page 432 Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 28...
  • Page 433 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Press the [FAX] button and then the [START] button. Then perform test copying. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 434 Be careful not to make the value too small. Setting too small a value may cause blurry text or background. <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 30...
  • Page 435 While pressing [0] and [5] simultaneously, turn the power ON. Key in a code and press the [START] button. Key in an adjustment value. (To correct the keyed-in value, press the [C] button.) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 31...
  • Page 436 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Let the equipment restart and perform printing job. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 32...
  • Page 437 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Then perform scanning. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 438 Shut down (turn the power OFF), back ON, and then perform the scanning job. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 34...
  • Page 439 Shut down (turn the power OFF), back ON, and then perform the scanning job. If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 440 1: Background peak - 8360 8361 8362 8365 Range correction (Manual varied density adjustment) <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 36...
  • Page 441 Be careful for the value not to be too large since the gradation is reproduced worse in darker side. <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 37...
  • Page 442 The smaller the value is, the duller the image becomes. Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 38...
  • Page 443 (low density section) adjustment / Manual becomes. density adjustment Acceptable values:0 to 255. (Default: 128) <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 39...
  • Page 444 8304-1 Standard Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) 8304-2 Low quality <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 40...
  • Page 445 Be careful not to make the value too small. Setting too small a value may cause blurry text or background. <Procedure> Procedure is same as that of  P.6-34 "6.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 41...
  • Page 446 (2) to (4). Turn the power OFF. Remark: <Confirmation> If possible, perform a Fax transmission and check the adjusted density with the image on the recipient's side. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 42...
  • Page 447 If the desired image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). Remark: <Confirmation> Perform FAX reception and check the adjusted density with the image of the received FAX job. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 43...
  • Page 448 [ 2 ] Installing Jig Put in the door switch jig and slide it down. Rotate the jig counterclockwise by 90 degrees. Door switch jig Fig. 6-24 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 44...
  • Page 449 Fig. 6-25 Connection for developer bias measurement ( + ) : Shaft of the upper developer sleeve (-) : Ground to the machine frame Fig. 6-26 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 45...
  • Page 450 [POWER] : After the message "WAIT" has disappeared, turn the power OFF and then back ON. Fig. 6-27 Note: If the output value does not reach a specified level, replace the high-voltage transformer. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 46...
  • Page 451 ON timing.  Transfer ability Approx. 5.7 mm faster than the Approx. 6.6 mm faster than the improves standard ON timing. standard ON timing. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 47...
  • Page 452 ON timing.  Transfer ability Approx. 5.8 mm faster than the Approx. 4.9 mm faster than the improves standard ON timing. standard ON timing. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 48...
  • Page 453 Bracket Bracket screws. Carriage-1 Exit frame [ Rear ] [ Front ] Enlarged view of carriage Fig. 6-29 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 49...
  • Page 454 Remove the belt tension jig. Belt tension jig Fig. 6-31 6.9.3 Carriages [A] Installing carriage wires When replacing the carriage wires, refer illustrations below: [Front side] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 50...
  • Page 455 Adjustment of the carriage wire tension is not necessary since a certain tension is applied to the carriage wires by the tension springs. Note: Make sure the tension applied to the wire is normal. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 51...
  • Page 456 Make sure that the sections A and B of the carriage-2 touch with the exit side frame. Carriage-1 [ Rear ] [ Front ] Exit side frame Bracket Bracket Fig. 6-35 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 52...
  • Page 457 2 turns 2 turns Ball terminal Ball terminal No space between turns Hook Hook Color: Silver Color: Black [ Rear ] [ Front ] Fig. 6-36 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 53...
  • Page 458 The wire should come out of the slot of the wire holder jig and be passed through between the arm and the jig. Wire holder jig Fig. 6-37 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 54...
  • Page 459 2. Move the entire guide to the front or rear side. 3. Tighten the screw. 3. Tighten the screws. ( A ) ( B ) ( B ) ( A ) Fig. 6-41 Fig. 6-40 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 55...
  • Page 460 (In case of No. 5, 6 and 7, place the bracket upside down to install it.) Bracket Protruded distance Max 7 Min 1 Screw Fig. 6-43 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 56...
  • Page 461 Move to the direction B: Multiple feeding will be suppressed (but the roller life may become shorter). Note: The recommended moving distance of the bracket is within 2 scale marks. Fig. 6-45 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 57...
  • Page 462 Mylar must be replaced. Fig. 6-46 6.11 Adjustment of Developer Unit None of the doctor-sleeve gap, drum sleeve gap and developer sleeve pole position needs to be adjusted. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 58...
  • Page 463 You can perform adjustment using the current frame (without scales) with the new bracket installed. It is recommended that you add a mark before and after the adjustment, so that the adjustment position is clear. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 59...
  • Page 464 • If the belt still deviates towards the rear side after the adjustment: Move the bracket to the right-hand side (drum side) and make copies. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 60...
  • Page 465 Check if the place of installation is flat. Check if the transfer/transport unit is deformed. Check if the transfer belt is damaged or deformed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 61...
  • Page 466 This can be reduced by the above settings. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 62...
  • Page 467 If |F-R| >= 0.5mm, lift up the upper separation finger unit and loosen the fixing screw of the pressure spring on the side with the wider nip width. One half turn corresponds to narrowing the nipped section by about 0.5mm. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 468 If |F-R|<0.5mm, the adjustment is completed. Close the RADF and make five blank copies with A3/LD size to clean the heat and pressure rollers. Upper separation finger unit Fig. 6-52 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 64...
  • Page 469 (08-2131, 08-2136). To improve the fusing quality, change the setting value to “12” (110°C). Note: The frequency of pre-running is increased when the starting temperature of the pressure roller pre-running during ready is increased. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 65...
  • Page 470 4 and the adjustment has been made) Fuser entrance guide Fuser entrance guide 4 ( Max 1.7 mm ) 4 ( Min 0.4mm ) Pressure roller Pressure roller Fig. 6-54 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 66...
  • Page 471 5 minutes after the warming-up time. 2. When the setting value “2” is selected, the printing speed slows down if the fuser roller temperature drops. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 472 Tighten the 2 fixing screws of the hinge bracket (front side) temporarily. Fig. 6-56 Remove the platen sheet. Note: Be sure not to fold or stain the removed platen sheet. Fig. 6-57 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 68...
  • Page 473 If it is not, turn the adjustment screw to match the hole. Fig. 6-61 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 69...
  • Page 474 (10) Tighten the 2 fixing screws (front side) on the hinge bracket. Fig. 6-64 (11) Open the RADF and remove 2 positioning pins. Fig. 6-65 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 70...
  • Page 475 Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig. 6-67 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 71...
  • Page 476 (left side) of the RADF. Turn it clockwise ....Lowered Turn it counterclockwise ..Heightened Fig. 6-70 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 72...
  • Page 477 “C” as shown in the figure above, shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig. 6-73 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 73...
  • Page 478 “C” as shown in the figure above, shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig. 6-76 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 74...
  • Page 479 Fig. 6-78 current one. Note: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [OK] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 75...
  • Page 480 Fig. 6-80 current one. Note: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 76...
  • Page 481 If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the rear side of the equipment (H), enter a value smaller than the current one. Press the [OK] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 77...
  • Page 482 When the value is increased (decreased) by 1, the copy image (ratio in the secondary scanning direction) is affected correspondingly by 1%. Press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 78...
  • Page 483 ON. Tighten the fixing screw of the bracket. Install the RADF rear cover. Bracket Fig. 6-86 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 79...
  • Page 484 If you do so, the adjustment value will be reset. In this case, repeat the adjustment from step 2. Loosen 2 prism vertical adjustment screws of the prism. Fig. 6-87 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 80...
  • Page 485 LED 3 on the RADF board lights. At this position, tighten 2 prism vertical adjustment screws. Fig. 6-88 LED3 Fig. 6-89 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 81...
  • Page 486 Perform the automatic adjustment (05-3210). Note: After the manual adjustment is performed, be sure to do the automatic one. Turn the power OFF and install the cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 82...
  • Page 487 Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig. 6-94 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 83...
  • Page 488 Do not peel off the film [2] of the separation roller holder since it is fixed to the RADF with double-faced adhesive tape. Fig. 6-96 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 84...
  • Page 489 (e.g.: If you move one bracket to the direction A by 1 scale, do so for the other.) Fig. 6-98 Tighten the screw that temporarily screwed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 85...
  • Page 490 Shift all bits on SW3 to OFF, and turn OFF the host machine once. This causes the finisher to execute automatic adjustment, in which the tray unit will shift. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 86...
  • Page 491 Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to store the adjustment value (this will lower the swinging guide). Shift all bits of SW3 OFF, and install the rear cover of the finisher unit. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 492 If the stapling position is correct, set all bits on SW3 to OFF to end the adjustments. If you need to change the stapling position, on the other hand, go to the next step. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 88...
  • Page 493 The settings held by the finisher controller PCB are changed as soon as SW1 or SW2 is pressed. As such, to recover the previous settings after the press, you must press the other of the two switches as many times as you pressed previously. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 494 Remove the stack of sheets from the finisher delivery taking care to prevent the offset of the output sheets from changing. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 90...
  • Page 495 The adjustment width is 0.72mm for each N=1. (10) Turn the host machine OFF, and then set SW3 on the finisher controller PCB as indicated. Fig. 6-108 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 91...
  • Page 496 (12) Repeat steps 1) though 6) twice. Check that the winding amount is within the standard in both times. (13) Turn the host machine OFF, and set all bits of SW3 to OFF. This completes the adjustment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 92...
  • Page 497 Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher controller PCB so that the feed motor (M1S) starts to rotate. (Press SW2 three seconds or more if LD paper is used). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 498 Close the inlet door while holding it down with your hand. Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher controller PCB. • The saddle stitcher unit will “stitch” the sheets, and fold and deliver the stack automatically. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 94...
  • Page 499 Example: If L is 1 mm, provide “+1 mm”. Mark Negative Width Adjustment Stitching position Folding position Unit: mm Example: If L is 0.5 mm, provide “-0.5 mm”. Fig. 6-113 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 95...
  • Page 500 (10) Set bits 1 through 4 on DIPSW1 to OFF. 6.17.2 Stitching Position (adjusting center stitching) Use the host machine adjustment mode to perform the following: e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 96...
  • Page 501 2-hole OFF OFF SW1 (MJ-6003E) 2-/3-hole OFF OFF SW2 (MJ-6003N) 4-hole ON OFF SW1 (MJ-6003F) 4-hole ON ON SW1 (MJ-6003S) Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 97...
  • Page 502 Number of LED Lightings Sensor not dirty Lit 1X Sensor slightly dirty Lit 2X Sensor dirty Lit 3X Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 98...
  • Page 503 Move the tray guide to the position where its width becomes the narrowest, and press the start key. The mode LED display switches. (The mode LED1, 4 blink.) Move the tray guide to the position where its width becomes the broadest. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 99...
  • Page 504 Operation LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 Pickup trigger solenoid ON Pickup trigger solenoid OFF Pickup clutch ON Pickup clutch OFF Reverse solenoid ON Reverse solenoid OFF e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 100...
  • Page 505 Transport motor rotated forward (high speed Transport motor stopped Transport motor rotated forward (high speed Transport motor stopped Fan motor ON Fan motor OFF Blinking Light ON Light OFF © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 101...
  • Page 506 Sensor status LED1 Light OFF Empty sensor OFF Light ON Empty sensor ON LED2 Light OFF Paper length sensor OFF Light ON Paper length sensor ON e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 102...
  • Page 507 Dip-switch 2 ON LED3 Light OFF Dip-switch 3 OFF Light ON Dip-switch 3 ON LED4 Light OFF Dip-switch 4 OFF Light ON Dip-switch 4 ON © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 103...
  • Page 508 Move the adjustment board to the front side (Arrow (B) in the upper figure). [ Rear ] Feeding direction Center [ Front ] Fig. 6-119 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 104...
  • Page 509 3 mm respectively. Front cover Fig. 6-121 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ADJUSTMENT 6 - 105...
  • Page 510 Turn to the right: Stopper moves downward. Turn to the left : Stopper moves upward. Note: When moving the equipment, need to move the stopper upward. Fig. 6-122 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT 6 - 106...
  • Page 511 08-5576 : Current value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] 08-5577 : Current value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 512 For example, if the peripheral parts of the process units (K) and developer material (K) reach the maintenance time, the 4-digit hexadecimal number code will be “0188” in hexadecimal numbers: 0008+0080+0100=0188. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 2...
  • Page 513 When the current value of “FUSER” on the main screen or “FUSER ROLLER” on the sub screen in the PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 514 Plug in the equipment after the maintenance has been finished. Then turn ON the power and make some copies to confirm that the equipment is working properly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 4...
  • Page 515 * The screen goes back to the main screen when the counter clear is executed or the [CANCEL] button is pressed after moving from the main screen, while it goes back to the sub screen after moving from the sub screen. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 516 Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit counters (4 and 5), including all sub unit (parts) counters belonging to that unit When the unit is not selected, all counters are cleared. Displaying of the main unit name e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 6...
  • Page 517 The paper source differs depending on the structure of options, however, “0.0k” is displayed in “OUTPUT PAGES (k)” and its standard number of output pages is displayed in “PM OUTPUT PAGES (k)” even for the installed paper source. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 518 Displaying of the sub unit (parts) name Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit (parts) counters Back to the main screen e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 8...
  • Page 519 Present driving counts” are cleared and “Previous replacement date” is updated. When the [CANCEL] button is pressed, the counter is not cleared and the display returns to the main or sub screen. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 520 O-LCF feed unit [O-LCF] O-LCF pickup roller [PICK UP ROLLER (O-LCF)] O-LCF feed roller [FEED ROLLER (O-LCF)] O-LCF separation roller [SEP ROLLER (O-LCF)] e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 10...
  • Page 521 Check the drive counts of all parts at PM support mode. Does it exceed the specified drive count? Replace the part. Check the part and equipment according to the “TROUBLESHOOTING”. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 11...
  • Page 522 540,000 sheets e-STUDIO856/857: every 600,000 sheets • Values under “Replacement” indicate the replacement cycle for the e-STUDIO556/ e-STUDIO656/e-STUDIO756/e-STUDIO856 and e-STUDIO557/657/757/857. • The replacement cycle of the parts in the feeding section equals to the number of sheets fed from each paper source.
  • Page 523 Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Remarks Coating (x 1,000 sheets) check <P-I> Discharge LED Drum shaft Ozone filter 460/515/540/ 33-25 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 13...
  • Page 524 I. Toner recycle Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Remarks Coating (x 1,000 sheets) check <P-I> Whole toner recycle unit e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 14...
  • Page 525 L11 Fuser roller drive gear/ Cleaning web drive gear L12 Fuser roller bearing/ One way bearing L13 Fuser unit exit roller 28-3, 23 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 15...
  • Page 526 Reading start roller 84-6 RADF original glass 51-18 Reading end roller 84-2 Reverse registration 84-1 roller Exit intermediate 86-26 roller Exit/reverse roller 86-26 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 16...
  • Page 527 P. Finisher (MJ-1027/1028/1029) Lubrication/ Replacement Operation Parts list Items to check Cleaning Remarks Coating (x 1,000 sheets) check <P-I> Feed belt 15-2 Paddle 16-33 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 17...
  • Page 528 A8 A6 G4 G3 E1 F5 L14,L6 H1,H5 L12,L1 D6, D7 M6 M6 M10,M9 Fig. 7-6 Front side (4 drawers model) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 18...
  • Page 529 G4 G3 E1 L14, L6 H1,H5 L12, L1 D6,D7 M6 M6 M10, M9 Fig. 7-7 Front side (2 drawers and tandem LCF model) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 19...
  • Page 530 L10,L11 Fig. 7-8 Rear side e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 20...
  • Page 531 N3 N2 N10 N11 Fig. 7-9 Reversing Automatic Document Feeder O5 O2 Fig. 7-10 Large Capacitor Feeder (MP-4004) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 21...
  • Page 532 Fig. 7-11 Finisher (MJ-1027/1028/1029) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 22...
  • Page 533 * 2. LSU slit glass Take off the laser optical unit and clean the LSU slit glass [1]. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856 Fig. 7-12 e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 Fig. 7-13 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 23...
  • Page 534 When replacing the separation roller, replace only the roller and continue to use the torque limiter. Gear Pickup roller One- way clutch Idler gear shaft Torque limiter Separation roller Feed roller Fig. 7-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 24...
  • Page 535 * 9. Recovery blade Replace the recovery blade regardless the number of copies if the edge of the blade get damaged. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 25...
  • Page 536 Connected to earth Fig. 7-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 26...
  • Page 537 Apply a coating of grease (Alvania No.2) to the entire periphery of the mixer shaft before attaching the bearing. Mixer Shaft Bearing Fig. 7-22 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 27...
  • Page 538 When cleaning the auger section with a vacuum cleaner, be sure to ground the motor bracket to prevent the motor from being damaged by static electricity. Fig. 7-26 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 28...
  • Page 539 Be sure to replace both of the cleaning web and the web pushing roller at the same time, since the cleaning web may be caught by the web pushing roller if this roller is continuously used. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 540 If the cleaning web which has exceeded its life span is used continuously, this could damage the fuser roller. Replace the cleaning web as soon as possible when it is finished. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 30...
  • Page 541 About 3 small drops • E-rings (arrow B; 2 places): About 2 small drops * Apply to the surface contacting the pulleys. Fig. 7-31 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 31...
  • Page 542 Clean the frame if needed because paper dust brushed off with the corresponding brush accumulates on the lower frame of the registration rollers. (Cleaning period guideline: Every two or three times of Preventive Maintenance.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 32...
  • Page 543 Do not leave drums in a brightly lit place for a long time. Otherwise the drum will fatigue, and will not produce sufficient image density immediately after being installed in the machine. However, this effect may decrease as time elapses. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 544 3. Do not touch the transfer belt with alcohol or other organic solvents. 4. Do not apply external pressure that might scratch the transfer belt. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 34...
  • Page 545 Be careful not to rub the teflon-coated surface with your fingernails or hard objects because it is easily damaged. Do not apply the silicon oil to the fuser roller. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 546 Be sure to reset the counter of the cleaning web counter in the PM Support mode (6S) when the cleaning web roller has been replaced. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 36...
  • Page 547 Feed roller 7-38 Separation roller 7-52 Pickup roller 7-38 ROL-KIT-4004 Feed roller 4-20 (MP-4004) For MP4004L/A Separation roller 4-31 (MP-4004) Pickup roller 5-28 (MP-4004) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 37...
  • Page 548 For test print (A4/LT) 202-4 Color test chart (TCC-3) For test print (A3/LD) 202-5 *1: Part list <P-I> represents the page item in (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856, e-STUDIO557/657/757/857 Service Parts List). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 549 10,11 Fig. 7-33 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 39...
  • Page 550 Replace them with new ones if necessary. Check the performance of all the switches and sensors. Replace them with new ones if necessary. Clean inside the equipment thoroughly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 40...
  • Page 551 (x 1,000 Coating check drive <P-I> sheets) counts) Drum drive unit Development drive unit Paper feeding drive unit Fuser drive unit Transfer belt 22-18 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 41...
  • Page 552 <P-I> sheets) counts) Transfer belt power 22-6 supply roller P. 7-29 Transfer belt drive 22-9 roller Transfer belt follower 22-2 roller e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 42...
  • Page 553 Even in the cases other than the above, fully observe safety precautions. If any PC board or HDD shall be replaced, refer to  P.9-1 "9. REPLACEMENT OF PC • BOARDS / HDD". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 1...
  • Page 554 If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting and technical tips, report the problem to the appropriate Toshiba service center along with the following information. This information will help the service center understand your problem and take quick action to find the solution.
  • Page 555 If there is no beeping after the LED starts blinking (about 20 minutes), try procedure from step 1 again. • If the USB device is inserted when the MFP is not ready, the debug logs cannot be collected. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 3...
  • Page 556 SS= second) After the debug logs have been collected, be sure to send them to the service center together with a report. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 4...
  • Page 557 / Tandem LCF feed sensor): Paper does not reach the 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed sensor during the feeding at the 3rd drawer. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 558 Paper which has passed the 1st drawer transport sensor does not reach the intermediate transport sensor during the feeding at the Option LCF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 6...
  • Page 559 Paper which passed the 4th drawer feed sensor does not reach the 4th drawer transport sensor during the feeding at the 4th drawer. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 7...
  • Page 560 (Jam caused by a multiple paper feeding) E551 Paper remaining on the transport path (when a P. 8-54 service call occurs) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 8...
  • Page 561 P. 8-71 E773 Original Intermediate transport sensor paper P. 8-71 remaining jam E774 Original reading start sensor paper remaining jam P. 8-71 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 9...
  • Page 562 P. 8-58 feeding of the preceding paper caused the misfeeding of the upcoming paper (= re-detection after no jam is detected at [EB50]). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 10...
  • Page 563 Incorrect setting of paper size for Inserter Unit P. 8-85 ECC0 Inserter Unit misfeeding P. 8-85 ECD0 Inserter Unit door open jam P. 8-85 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 11...
  • Page 564 Transfer belt cam motor abnormality: The transfer belt P. 8-131 cam motor does not run normally when the power is turned ON or the copying is started. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 12...
  • Page 565 P. 8-105 C590 Communication error between Engine-CPU and Laser- P. 8-106 C5A1 Circuit related NVRAM data abnormality (LGC board) P. 8-131 service call © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 13...
  • Page 566 *Only for e-STUDIO756/856 CAF0 Inter-page correction error of primary scanning: Inter- P. 8-112 page primary scanning control does not end normally. *Only for e-STUDIO756/856 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 14...
  • Page 567 Stitch motor (front) abnormality: The stitch motor (front) P. 8-118 does not run normally or the rotational cam does not move normally. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 15...
  • Page 568 CE90 Drum thermistor abnormality: The output value of the P. 8-133 drum thermistor is out of the specified range. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 16...
  • Page 569 F106_3 ADI-HDD error: ADI authentication Admin Password P. 8-145 generation error F106_4 ADI-HDD error: Authentication random number P. 8-145 generation error © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 17...
  • Page 570 Engine speed error - The speed information of the LGC P. 8-159 board is damaged. F901_1 Engine speed error - The speed information of the LGC P. 8-159 board is damaged. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 18...
  • Page 571 P. 8-165 1C82 Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received P. 8-165 1CC0 Job canceling 1CC1 Power failure P. 8-165 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 19...
  • Page 572 Filing nearly full. nearly full (90%). 2B90 Insufficient Memory. Insufficient memory capacity P. 8-167 2BA0 Invalid Box password specified. Invalid Box password P. 8-167 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 20...
  • Page 573 P. 8-171 2C22 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnormality P. 8-171 2C30 Failed to create directory Directory creation failure P. 8-171 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 21...
  • Page 574 P. 8-174 2D22 Illegal Job status Job control module access abnormality P. 8-174 2D30 Failed to create directory Directory creation failure P. 8-174 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 22...
  • Page 575 Insufficient memory capacity for USB P. 8-177 USB folder. storage 2E12 Failed to store document(s) in Message reception error in USB storage P. 8-177 USB folder. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 23...
  • Page 576 P. 8-181 detected in the received mail. 3B40 Decode Error has been detected E-mail decode error P. 8-181 in the received mail. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 24...
  • Page 577 File I/O error P. 8-183 in this mail. The mail could not be 3F20 P. 8-183 received until File I/O is recovered. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 25...
  • Page 578 Font download failure (HDD full): A new font cannot be registered because P. 8-189 there is not sufficient space in the font storage area of this equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 26...
  • Page 579 4F10 Printing was not performed successfully due to other abnormalities. P. 8-189 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 27...
  • Page 580 501B Incorrect URL No URL (host/port) or invalid path: Initial P. 8-192 (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) URL is invalid. TOSHIBA Remote monitoring system error (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 28...
  • Page 581 Security error on Address Book. The network FAX job failed because the P. 8-194 specified address is not registered in the Address Book © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 29...
  • Page 582 Print Log near full (80% Used) Print log DB near-full (80%) P. 8-199 6154 Print Log near full (70% Used) Print log DB near-full (70%) P. 8-199 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 30...
  • Page 583 Message log DB near-full (80%) P. 8-203 Used) 6194 Message Log near full (70% Message log DB near-full (70%) P. 8-203 Used) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 31...
  • Page 584 Certification import failure P. 8-208 Failed to import Combined User Combined data import failure 713D P. 8-208 data (User Information, Role, Group) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 32...
  • Page 585 Failed to decrypt Clone File Clone file decryption failure P. 8-214 71F5 Failed to encrypt Cone File Clone file encryption failure P. 8-214 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 33...
  • Page 586 803F Crypto operation failed Ipsec error for ikev2 if crypto P. 8-219 operation failed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 34...
  • Page 587 SNMP set request failure An error occurred during SNMP P. 8-223 data writing. 8112 SNMP communication failure SNMP communication failed. P. 8-223 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 35...
  • Page 588 Active Directory domain P. 8-225 authentication error: Kerberos ticket authentication error 812B Unknown Realm Active Directory domain P. 8-226 authentication error: invalid realm name e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 36...
  • Page 589 Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal) (Nx256)+(Nx16)+N Mode 0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Unused 5: Gray scale (Scan) 6: Unused 7:Unused © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 37...
  • Page 590 E: Thick3 (Back) F: Thick4 (Back) G: Special1 (Back) H: Special2 (Back) I: Envelopes J: Tab paper Z: Not selected RADF size mixed 0: Unused 1: Size mixed 2: Size not mixed Workflow ID: 10-digit ID e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 38...
  • Page 591 Check that there is no abnormality in the roller. • Board check Check if the board is short circuited or open circuited. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 39...
  • Page 592 The trailing edge of paper does not pass the fuser transport sensor after its leading edge has reached the fuser transport sensor. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 40...
  • Page 593 Test mode / Input check Registration area Registration sensor 03-[FAX]ON/[4]/[E] Exit/Reverse area Exit sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[B] Reverse sensor-1 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[E] Reverse sensor-2 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[D] Fuser transport sensor 03-[FAX]OFF/[7]/[C] © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 41...
  • Page 594 Paper size detection is performed at the first sheet of paper when the drawer is opened or closed, or when the power of the equipment is turned ON. Replace parts Remarks e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 42...
  • Page 595 • Board check. PLG board • Connector check • Harness check. • Board check. • Harness check. Replace parts Remarks Page memory © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 43...
  • Page 596 Connector check • Harness check. Intermediate transport sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: 03-[FAX]OFF/[1]/[A]) (S17) • Connector check • Harness check. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 44...
  • Page 597 Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks 1st drawer transport sensor Each transport clutch LGC board Rollers © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 45...
  • Page 598 • Harness check. LGC board • Connector check (CN327, CN329) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 46...
  • Page 599 Connector check • Harness check. LCF board • Connector check • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 47...
  • Page 600 Connector check • Harness check. LGC board • Connector check (CN350) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 48...
  • Page 601 Connector check • Harness check. Intermediate transport sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: 03-[FAX]OFF/[1]/[A]) (S17) • Connector check • Harness check. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 49...
  • Page 602 Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks 2nd drawer transport sensor Transport clutch LGC board Rollers e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 50...
  • Page 603 Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Horizontal transport sensor-1 Horizontal transport clutch LGC board Rollers © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 51...
  • Page 604 Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Horizontal transport sensor-2 Horizontal transport clutch LGC board Horizontal transport rollers e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 52...
  • Page 605 Replace parts Remarks Feed or transport roller possibly causing multiple feeding Sensor in the jamming area Refer to the table below LGC board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 53...
  • Page 606 • Connector check • Connector check LGC board • Board check Replace parts Remarks Feed or transport roller possibly causing multiple feeding e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 54...
  • Page 607 Solenoid check (Perform the output check: 03-274) (SOL2) • Connector check • Harness check. LGC board • Connector check (CN335) • Board check. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 55...
  • Page 608 Paper transport jam The trailing edge of paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading edge has reached the exit sensor. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 56...
  • Page 609 [EB50] Paper remaining on the transport path due to multiple feeding Classification Error item Paper transport jam The multiple feeding of the preceding paper caused the misfeeding of the upcoming paper. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 57...
  • Page 610 Connector check (CN341) • Board check. Drive unit, Rollers • Gear check • Roller check Replace parts Remarks Registration sensor LGC board Rollers e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 58...
  • Page 611 4. Check if the width of the side guides of the drawer is too narrow. 5. Check the motor-related adjustment value.  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 59...
  • Page 612 Is the bypass feed clutch working? (Perform the output check in the test mode: 03-204) Is the bypass feed sensor working? (Perform the input check in the test mode: 03- [FAX]OFF/[6]/[G]) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 60...
  • Page 613 Check the 1st drawer feed roller, separation roller and pickup roller. Clean or replace them. * Check if the paper weight is within the specified range. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 614 YES  Remove the paper.  Is the 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed sensor working? (Perform the input check in the test mode: 03-[FAX]OFF/[3]/[D]) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 62...
  • Page 615 4. Check if the conductor patterns on the PFP board and LGC board are short circuited or open circuited. 5. Replace the 4th drawer feed sensor. 6. Replace the LGC board.  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 63...
  • Page 616 2. Check if the connector J854 on the board are not disconnected.  3. Check if there is any abnormality at the transport drive unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 64...
  • Page 617 2. Check the LCF feed roller, separation roller and pickup roller. Clean or replace them. * Check if the paper weight is within the specified range. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 618 4. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 5. Replace the feed cover sensor. 6. Replace the LGC board.  Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 66...
  • Page 619 4. Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board are short- or open- circuited. 5. Replace the bypass feed unit cover sensor.  6. Replace the LGC board. Replace the LGC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 67...
  • Page 620 4. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short- or open- circuited. 5. Replace the exit cover switch. 6. Replace the LGC board.  Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 68...
  • Page 621 5. Replace the RADF board, and then perform the automatic adjustment for the original reading start sensor (05-3210). 6. Replace the reading end roller and the exit intermediate roller if they are worn out. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 622 5. Replace the RADF board, and then perform the automatic adjustment for the original reading start sensor (05-3210). 6. Replace the exit roller and the exit intermediate roller if they are worn out. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 70...
  • Page 623 * If the original reading start sensor is replaced, perform automatic adjustment (05-3210) for it. 5. Replace the RADF board, and then perform the automatic adjustment for the original reading start sensor (05-3210). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 624 2. Check if there is any paper in the equipment. Remove it if there is. 3. If a jam still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment operates normally. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 72...
  • Page 625 2. Attach the actuator securely if its shaft is out of place.  3. Replace the inlet sensor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 73...
  • Page 626 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place.  3. Replace the sensors. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 74...
  • Page 627 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place.  3. Replace the sensors. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 75...
  • Page 628 1. Connect the connectors of the door switch and the front door switch securely.  2. Replace the upper/front door switches. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 76...
  • Page 629 2. Attach the actuator securely if its shaft is out of place.  3. Replace the inlet sensor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 77...
  • Page 630 1. Connect the connectors of the stitcher home position switches securely.  2. Replace the stitcher home position switches. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 78...
  • Page 631 1. Connect the connectors of the cover opening sensors securely.  2. Replace the cover opening sensors. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 79...
  • Page 632 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place.  3. Replace the sensors. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 80...
  • Page 633 2. Attach the actuators securely if their shafts are out of place.  3. Replace the sensors. Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 81...
  • Page 634 2. Attach the actuator securely if its shaft is out of place.  3. Replace the sensor. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 82...
  • Page 635 YES  Replace the harness.  Is the separation sensor working improperly? YES  Replace the separation sensor.  Replace the inserter control board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 83...
  • Page 636 YES  Replace the harness.  Is the transport sensor working improperly? YES  Replace the transport sensor.  Replace the inserter control board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 84...
  • Page 637 Is the problem solved by opening the inserter jam access cover?  1. Check the installation state of the cover. 2. Replace the cover switch and plate spring. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 85...
  • Page 638 4. Check if the harness connecting the I/F connector of the finisher side and finisher controller PC board is open circuited. 5. Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 86...
  • Page 639 Connect the pin or replace the harness. 1. Replace the IPC board. 2. Replace the LGC board. 3. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 87...
  • Page 640 2. Check if the paper is not caught in the coupling when the tray goes up. 3. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 4. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 88...
  • Page 641 1. Check if the driving mechanism is abnormal. 2. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 3. Replace the LGC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 642 1. Check if the driving mechanism is abnormal. 2. Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. 3. Replace the LGC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 90...
  • Page 643 6. Replace the LGC board.  1. Check if the tray lifting mechanism has no abnormality. 2. Replace the LCF board. 3. Replace the LGC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 91...
  • Page 644 2. Check if the harness is scratched or open circuited. 3. Replace the Supply harness. Replace parts Remarks Lens unit SLG board Inverter board Exposure lamp Supply harness e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 92...
  • Page 645 2. Check if the mounted parts on the SYS board are damaged or abnormal. 3. Check if 10 V is output from the power supply for CCD. 4. Replace the SYS board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 93...
  • Page 646 1. Check if there is any abnormality in the appearance of the reflector, such as deformation. 2. Replace the Carriage-1. Replace parts Remarks Inverter board Exposure lamp e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 94...
  • Page 647 3. Replace the harness between the SYS board and the CCD board. Replace parts Remarks Lens unit SYS board Harness © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 95...
  • Page 648 If the exposure lamp blinks twice, download the correct ROM. Replace parts Remarks Carriage home position sensor Carriage home position sensor harness SLG board Scan motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 96...
  • Page 649 7. Replace the Carriage home position sensor harness. Replace parts Remarks Carriage home position sensor Carriage home position sensor harness SYS board Scan motor © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 97...
  • Page 650 7. Replace the Scan motor harness. Replace parts Remarks Carriage home position sensor Carriage home position sensor harness SLG board Scan motor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 98...
  • Page 651 7. Replace the Scan motor harness. Replace parts Remarks Carriage home position sensor Carriage home position sensor harness SYS board Scan motor © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 99...
  • Page 652 4. Check if the fuse on the LVPS is open circuited. 5. Replace the Supply harness. Replace parts Remarks SLG board (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) DRV board (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) Fuse Supply harness e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 100...
  • Page 653 Change the current status counter value “1” or “2” to “0”, then press [OK] or [INTERRUPT] (to cancel [C411/C412]). Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Make sure that the equipment enters the normal ready state. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 101...
  • Page 654 4. Check the LGC board Check if the connector CN332,CN334 and CN360 are disconnected. Check if the conductor pattern on the board is short- or open-circuited. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 102...
  • Page 655 “0”. The value of the status counter remains until the next service call overwrites the value. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 656 Check if the harness between the connector of the LGC board and the fuser unit is not open circuited. Replace the LGC board. Replace the fuser unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 104...
  • Page 657 Check if the conductor pattern on the finisher controller PC board is short circuited or open circuited. Replace the IPC board. Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 105...
  • Page 658 Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board and SYS board are short circuited or open circuited HRNS-LGC-SYS-H100 • Connector check • Harness check e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 106...
  • Page 659 Check if the conductor pattern on the SYS board is short circuited or open circuited. • Connector check (CN131) • Harness check (CN131) Replace parts Remarks SYS board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 107...
  • Page 660 (05-3210). [C8E0] RADF communication protocol abnormality 1. Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment operates normally. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 108...
  • Page 661 4. Check if the conductor pattern on the PLG board is short circuited or open circuited. 5. Replace the laser optical unit. 6. Replace the PLG board.  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 109...
  • Page 662 6. Check if the laser unit cooling fan is not stopped. 7. Check if the intake area of the laser unit cooling fan is not blocked. 8. Replace the laser optical unit. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 110...
  • Page 663 4. Check if the metal plates of the transport system are grounded securely. 5. Check if the equipment is grounded securely? 6. Replace the laser optical unit. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 664 Is the harness between the PLG and SYS boards open-circuited or the connector disconnected? YES  Replace the harness. Reconnect the connector.  1. Replace the PLG board. 2. Replace the SYS board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 112...
  • Page 665 Sensor check • Connector check • Harness check Finisher control board • Connector check • Board check Replace parts Remarks Delivery motor © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 113...
  • Page 666 • Move check Finisher control board • Connector check • Board check Replace parts Remarks Alignment motor Alignment guide home position sensor e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 114...
  • Page 667 [CB70] Stack amount detection sensor abnormality [Procedure 1] Is the problem solved by turning OFF and ON the power of the equipment? YES  END  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 115...
  • Page 668 [CB80] Backup RAM data abnormality Is the problem solved by turning the power of the equipment OFF and ON? YES  End.  e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 116...
  • Page 669 Is the problem solved by replacing the paper pushing plate motor (M8S)? NO  Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board.  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 117...
  • Page 670 Check the wiring between the stitcher and saddle stitcher controller PC board. If there is no problem, replace the controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 118...
  • Page 671 Fix the mechanism.  Is the problem solved by replacing the guide motor (M3S)? NO  Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board.  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 119...
  • Page 672 Is the problem solved by replacing the paper positioning plate motor (M4S)? NO   Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 120...
  • Page 673 Is J9-11 on the saddle stitcher controller PC board properly connected to the ground? NO  Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board.  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 121...
  • Page 674 Check the wiring between J19 on the finisher controller PC board and J1 on the saddle stitcher controller PC board. If there is no problem, replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 122...
  • Page 675 Is it 5V? NO  The delivery cover sensor (PI3S) is broken. Replace it.  Replace the saddle stitcher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 123...
  • Page 676 Is the swing motor (M7) rotating in reverse at the fixed timing? NO  Replace the motor.  Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 124...
  • Page 677 Is the wiring between the swing motor and finisher controller PC board correct? YES  Correct the wiring.  Replace the swing motor. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 125...
  • Page 678  Is the problem solved by replacing the punch driver PC board? YES  END  Replace the finisher controller PC board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 126...
  • Page 679 YES  END  Is the problem solved by replacing the punch driver board? YES  END  Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 127...
  • Page 680 Is the conductor pattern around IC5 on the inserter control board short- or open-circuited?  1. Replace the inserter control board. 2. Perform the inserter tray volume adjustment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 128...
  • Page 681 YES  Fix the mechanism.  Is the problem solved by replacing the paddle motor? NO   Replace the finisher controller PC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 129...
  • Page 682 If the error has still not been recovered in step 2, check if there is any defect in the LGC board, IPC board or finisher control board. If not, replace the LGC board, IPC board or finisher control board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 130...
  • Page 683 Check if any foreign matters is on the main charger win or the main charger grid. Replace the High-voltage transformer. Replace the LGC board. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 131...
  • Page 684 ON again, do the above procedure after manually turning the pulley beside the motor toward the direction of arrow (counterclockwise) several times. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 132...
  • Page 685 After the confirmation message is displayed on the LCD, press the [INTERRUPT] button (to initialize the SRAM). Perform the panel calibration (08-9050). Perform the initialization at the software version upgrade (08-9030). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 133...
  • Page 686 Replace the SRAM board. (USB backup data are not used)  P.9-27 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" (all steps) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 134...
  • Page 687 [E] Restore encryption key [F] Restore license Access Failed Replace the SRAM board.  P.9-27 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 135...
  • Page 688 5. If the error persists even after step 4, replace the SATA harness. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the SYS board. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 136...
  • Page 689 7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the SATA harness. 8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SATA harness SYS board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 137...
  • Page 690 7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the SATA harness. 8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SATA harness SYS board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 138...
  • Page 691 7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the SATA harness. 8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SATA harness SYS board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 139...
  • Page 692 7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the SATA harness. 8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SATA harness SYS board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 140...
  • Page 693 7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the SATA harness. 8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SATA harness SYS board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 141...
  • Page 694 7. If the error persists even after step 6, replace the SATA harness. 8. If the error persists even after step 7, replace the SYS board. Replace parts Remarks SATA harness SYS board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 142...
  • Page 695 1. Start the equipment in the 4C mode: [4] + [C] + [POWER] → 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Reinstall the system software. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 696 Restore the ADI-HDD encryption key. • In case both the SRAM ADIKey and FROM ADIKey status are other than OK Reinstall the master data (HD Data). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 144...
  • Page 697 5. After the restoring of the encryption key has completed, “Operation Complete” is displayed. 6. After the operation has completed, shut down the equipment by pressing the [POWER] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 145...
  • Page 698 If the error is not cleared after this (see above), replace the SYS board.  P.9-20 "9.2.4 Precautions and Procedures when replacing the SYS board (for e-STUDIO556/656/756/856)" Replace parts Remarks SRAM board SYS board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 146...
  • Page 699  P.11-12 "11.2.3 Master data / System ROM / Laser ROM / PFC ROM / Engine ROM / Scanner ROM / RADF ROM" • Reinstall the master data and application program. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 147...
  • Page 700 856)" [D] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [E] Restore encryption key [F] Restore license * AccessFailed, KeyNull or KeyBroken e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 148...
  • Page 701 Recover the license on the SRAM board. (Transfer the license from SYS-FROM to SYS-SRAM.)  P.9-27 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" ([I]Backup license) * AccessFailed or KeyMismatch © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 149...
  • Page 702 Procedures when replacing the SYS board (for e-STUDIO556/656/756/ 856)" [D] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [E] Restore encryption key [F] Restore license e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 150...
  • Page 703 Recover the encryption key on the SRAM board.  P.9-27 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM KeyBroken board" ([G]Backup ADI key) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 151...
  • Page 704 [F121] Database abnormality (user management database) Classification Error item Other service call Login after the startup fails in any starting mode because user management database is corrupted. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 152...
  • Page 705 If the recovery is still not completed, reinstall the master data and application program. [F130] Invalid MAC address Classification Error item Other service call Invalid MAC address © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 153...
  • Page 706 Main memory check Replace parts Remarks SYS board Main memory [F200] Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) is disabled Classification Error item Other service call e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 154...
  • Page 707  P.11-9 "11.2 Firmware Updating with USB Media" When the function of the Data Overwrite Enabler (GP-1070) is deleted from the equipment, the service call “F200” occurs. [F350] SLG board abnormality (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) / SYS board abnormality (e- STUDIO557/657/757/857) Classification Error item...
  • Page 708 User data will be deleted when [3] + [C] + [POWER] -> 3 is performed. [F521] Integrity check error Classification Error item Other service call Authentication of program data failed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 156...
  • Page 709 If a service call occurs again after the reboot, replace the HDD. [F800] Date error Classification Error item Other service call The year 2038 problem © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 157...
  • Page 710 7. Key in [2] to select “2. Key FROM to SRAM”, and then press the [START] button. 8. After the operation is completed, shut down the equipment by pressing the [ON/OFF] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 158...
  • Page 711 08 mode. The F901_1 error may occur if the equipment is not started up with the 08 mode. Replace parts Remarks Harness LGC board © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 159...
  • Page 712 Internet FAX related error Check item Measures Setting Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 160...
  • Page 713 Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. [1C40] Image conversion abnormality Classification Error item Internet FAX related error © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 161...
  • Page 714 Check item Measures Setting Reset the Terminal IP address. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 162...
  • Page 715 Reset the login name or password of SMTP server and perform the job again. Check if the SMTP server is operating properly. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 163...
  • Page 716 Measures Setting Set the SMTP valid and perform the job again. [1C71] SMTP authentication ERROR Classification Error item Internet FAX related error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 164...
  • Page 717 Internet FAX related error Check item Measures Setting Reset the “Received Fax Forward”. [1CC1] Power failure Classification Error item Internet FAX related error © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 165...
  • Page 718 [2553] Destination mail address error (RFC: 553) Check if there is an illegal character in the mail box in the mail server. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 166...
  • Page 719 If the recovery is still not completed, perform the HDD formatting. [2BA0] Invalid Box password Check if the password is correct. Reset the password. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 167...
  • Page 720 Backup the documents in the box or folder to PC or delete them. [2BF2] Exceeding maximum number of folders Backup the folders in the box or folder to PC or delete them. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 168...
  • Page 721 Check if the power supply voltage is inconstant. [2A60] WS Scan user authentication failure Classification Error item WS Scan for job authentication failed. Remote scanning related error © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 169...
  • Page 722 A user without e-Filing data access privilege tried to use Scan utility. Remote scanning related error Check item Measures Setting Check if correct privilege is given to the user. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 170...
  • Page 723 [2C62] Memory acquiring failure Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. Replace the main memory and perform the job again. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 724 Reset the login name and password of SMTP server and perform the job again. Check if the SMTP server is operating properly. [2C6A] HOST NAME error (No RFC error) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 172...
  • Page 725 [2CC1] Power failure Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 173...
  • Page 726 Check if the access privilege to the storage directory is writable. Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 174...
  • Page 727 Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. [2D67] FTP service not available Check if the setting of FTP service is valid. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 728 Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. If the error still occurs, check that there is no job, and format the HDD with [5] + [C] + [POWER]. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 176...
  • Page 729 [2E15] Exceeding the maximum size for file sharing Classification Error item There are too many files in the folder. File sharing related error © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 177...
  • Page 730 If the error still occurs, check that there is no job, and format the HDD with [5] + [C] + [POWER]. Replace parts Remarks e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 178...
  • Page 731 Reset the encryption and perform the job in error again. To create an image file not encrypted, consult your administrator. Replace parts Remarks © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 179...
  • Page 732 Check item Measures Setting Check if the power cable is connected properly and inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 180...
  • Page 733 Reset the partial mail reception setting ON and then request the sender to retransmit the mail. [3B20] Content-Type error The format of the attached file is not supported by this equipment (TIFF-FX). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 734 When the content of the setting is correct, confirm the sender if the destination is correct. [3D20] Offramp destination limitation error Inform the sender that the transfer of the FAX data over 40 is not supported. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 182...
  • Page 735 These errors occur when the mail data is not transferred properly to the HDD. Request the sender to retransmit the mail. Replace the HDD if the error still occurs after retransmission. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 736 Perform the authentication or register as a user, and then perform the printing again. [4042] Department authentication error Classification Error item Printer function error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 184...
  • Page 737 The number of the assigned pages set by the department management has reached 0. Assign the number of the pages again or perform initialization. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 185...
  • Page 738 [4214] Fax/Internet Fax transmission limitation error Classification Error item Printer function error Check item Measures Setting Check the settings of this equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 186...
  • Page 739 [4311] Not being authorized to perform JOB Classification Error item Printer function error Check item Measures Setting Confirm the administrator for the JOB authorization. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 187...
  • Page 740 Printing using this function cannot be performed due to a decoding process error which occurs because the PDF file is encrypted incorrectly or encrypted in a language not supported. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 188...
  • Page 741 3. Initialize HDD. Refer to step 3 and later in "[E] Replace / Format HDD" in  P.9-15 "9.2.3 Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 742 Error item Communication error with external There is no SSL certificate or the certificate is not in a correct file format. application e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 190...
  • Page 743 Error item Communication error with external SSL certificate is invalid. application Check item Measures Setting Install the correct SSL certificate. Replace parts Remarks © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 191...
  • Page 744 [501B] No URL (host/port) or invalid path Classification Error item TopAccess related error Initial URL is invalid. Check item Measures Setting Set the correct initial URL. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 192...
  • Page 745 Check if the power voltage is unstable. Reattempt the restoration of the database (Address Book, templates, F- code (Mailbox) or user information). Replace parts Remarks © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 193...
  • Page 746 Check item Measures Setting The address specified for the network FAX is not registered on the Address Book. Register it. Replace parts Remarks e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 194...
  • Page 747 OFF and back ON. [6032] Card related error: Expired card Classification Error item MFP access error The card cannot be used because it has expired. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 195...
  • Page 748 Card authentication: Card setting error Classification Error item MFP access error The self-diagnostic code required for card authentication is not set in this equipment correctly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 196...
  • Page 749 Check item Measures Setting Retry access after a few minutes. For the locking period, ask your administrator. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 197...
  • Page 750 Print Log near full (90% Used). Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Print Job Log Export. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 198...
  • Page 751 Scan Log near full (90% Used). Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Scan Job Log Export. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 199...
  • Page 752 FAX_Transmission Log near full (90% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Fax Transmission Journal Export. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 200...
  • Page 753 FAX_Receive Log near full (90% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Fax Reception Journal Export. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 201...
  • Page 754 Message Log near full (90% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Message Log Export. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 202...
  • Page 755 Message Log near full (70% Used) Check item Measures Setting Perform Clear Log with TopAccess Logs > Export Logs > Message Log Export. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 203...
  • Page 756 Point and Print data may have a problem or may be corrupted. Check the package file and then reattempt the upload. [710F] Language Pack installation failure Classification Error item Maintenance error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 204...
  • Page 757 Error item Maintenance error The import of template data failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 205...
  • Page 758 Error item Maintenance error The import of department data failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 206...
  • Page 759 Check if you are importing a valid file and also that the amount of the combined user information does not exceed the maximum. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 760 The import of all data (templates, Address Book, Mailbox) failed. Check item Measures Setting Check if you are importing a valid file. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 208...
  • Page 761 Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and then retry the export. [714B] Role information export failure Classification Error item Maintenance error The export of role information failed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 209...
  • Page 762 Check item Measures Setting [715D] User Combined data export failure Classification Error item Maintenance error The export of combined user information failed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 210...
  • Page 763 Check the CA certificate and perform the job again. [71A4] Cryptographic key consistency confirmation failure Classification Error item Maintenance error Cryptographic key consistency confirmation failed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 211...
  • Page 764 Check SCEP server and the SCEP setting (automatic) on the TopAccess screen in the following procedure: TopAccess Administration -> Security -> Certificate Management e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 212...
  • Page 765 Check item Measures Setting Check if there is enough capacity in the HDD and the USB media and then retry the creation. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 213...
  • Page 766 Error item Maintenance error The encryption of a clone file failed. Check item Measures Setting Restart the equipment and then retry the encryption. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 214...
  • Page 767 Error item Network error Stateful Address Conflict Check item Measures Setting Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 215...
  • Page 768 Check item Measures Setting Check the IKEv1 IPsec proposal parameters (like encryption/authentication algorithms, DH group, authentication methods) in MFP and peer machine. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 216...
  • Page 769 Ipsec error if certificate are not available Check item Measures Setting Certificate has been deleted from Certificate store. Re-upload the corresponding certificates. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 217...
  • Page 770 Certificate against CRL. [803C] IKEv2 secret key authentication failed Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for ikev2 if secret key auth failed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 218...
  • Page 771 Check IKE settings in MFP and peer. [8041] IKEv2 CA not trusted Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for ikev2 if CA is not trusted © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 219...
  • Page 772 Check the destination address/port in IPsec filter. [8046] IPsec local IP mismatch Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for local IP mismatch e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 220...
  • Page 773 Select the Flush Connections Option and retry. [804B] IPSec invalid manual key Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error id manual key is not valid © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 221...
  • Page 774 MFP not able to contact the Access point with the specified SSID Classification Error item Network error MFP not able to contact the Access point with the specified SSID e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 222...
  • Page 775 An unidentified domain authentication error occurred during the connection of domain controller. Check item Measures Setting Check the network configuration of this equipment and then reconnect to the domain controller. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 223...
  • Page 776 Domain authentication error: User account lockout Classification Error item Network error The user account is locked out and not available for login for domain authentication. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 224...
  • Page 777 Setting Check if the user name and the password for this equipment are correct. If the error still occurs, ask your Windows Server administrator. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 225...
  • Page 778 Check if the realm name of this equipment for the Active Directory server is correct. If the error still occurs, ask your Windows Server administrator. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 226...
  • Page 779 / condition check (image check; described later).  © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 227...
  • Page 780 “Troubleshooting for the Image” for details. When the correct image is able to be output, perform the image quality control enforcement /  condition check (image check; described later). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 228...
  • Page 781 Check the power system, replace the switching power supply, and then perform the image quality control enforcement / condition check (image  check; described later). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 229...
  • Page 782 “0”, there is a problem on the drum surface potential control. Clear the problem with the troubleshooting for surface potential control related. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 230...
  • Page 783 * When the value for 05-2160 (Drum surface potential sensor control status) is other than “0”, there is a problem on the drum surface potential control. Clear the problem with the troubleshooting for surface potential control related. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 784 Perform the drum surface potential sensor control / condition check  (described later) Check the value for 05-2162. Is the value for 05-2162 within the range between 400 and 800? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 232...
  • Page 785 Are both values for 05-2160 and 08-2850 “0”? Perform the test print (04-114: Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation steps). Is there any problem with the image? YES   © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 233...
  • Page 786 * When 05-2133 (Status of image quality control) is other than “0”, there is a problem with the image quality control. Clear the problem with the trouble shooting for the image quality control related. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 234...
  • Page 787 So, when adjusting the value, be sure to check the paper feeding ability as well as the image quality. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 788 Harness check. LGC board • Board check. • Connector check (CN344) • Harness check. Replace parts Remarks Switching power supply LGC board e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 236...
  • Page 789 Is there a blotch on the image? Perform troubleshooting for blotched image. Is the image transferred normally? Perform troubleshooting for abnormal transfer. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 237...
  • Page 790 Is the storage environment of the Use the toner cartridge stored in the toner cartridge 35°C or less without environment within specification. dew? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 238...
  • Page 791 Therefore it is not recommended to correct (to shift) the toner density basically. If it is shifted, make sure that the image may be improper in a few minutes after shifting. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 792 Check the image processing Check the encircled areas A and B in parameters. the image, and change the sharpness intensity in the sharpness adjustment mode. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 240...
  • Page 793 Using the specified cleaning web? Use the specified cleaning web. Is there any trouble with the Clean or replace the thermistor. thermistor? © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 241...
  • Page 794 Scanner Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate), mirror and lens dirty? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 242...
  • Page 795 Is the drum surface wet or dirty? Wipe the drum with a piece of dry cloth. Do not use alcohol or other organic solvents. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 243...
  • Page 796 Check the setting and correct it. roller in each paper type normal? 08-2010, 08-2028, 08-2049, 08- 2050, 08-2051 Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 244...
  • Page 797 Are the connectors securely Connect the connectors securely. boards and harnesses connected? Replace the harness. Check if the harnesses connecting the boards are open circuited. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 245...
  • Page 798 Are the connectors securely Connect the connectors securely. boards and harnesses connected? Replace the harness. Check if the harnesses connecting the boards are open circuited. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 246...
  • Page 799 Cleaner Is there any foreign matter, which Remove the foreign matter. contacts the drum on the cleaner stay? © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 247...
  • Page 800 Replace the transformer. (Main charger / Developer output defective? bias / Transfer charger) Feed system Is the aligning amount proper? Adjust the aligning amount. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 248...
  • Page 801 Pre-registration guide Is the pre-registration guide properly Correct it. installed? Carriage-1 Is the carriage-1 slanted? Adjust the carriage-1. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 249...
  • Page 802 Is the fuser roller surface dirty or Clean or replace the fuser roller. damaged? Is the fuser roller thermistor dirty? Clean the fuser roller thermistor. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 250...
  • Page 803 Replace the drum if the scratch has surface? reached the aluminum base. Scanner Is there a foreign matter on the Remove the foreign matter. carriage rail? © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 251...
  • Page 804 Is there any foreign object on the Remove it. charger? Is the charger dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the main charger wire and grid. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 252...
  • Page 805 Therefore it is not recommended to correct (to shift) the toner density basically. If it is shifted, make sure that the image may be improper in a few minutes after shifting. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 806 Is the high-voltage transformer Replace the transformer. (Transfer charger) output defective? Note: Refer to Ch.6.8.1 for the poor image transfer at the paper leading edge. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 254...
  • Page 807 Remove foreign matters if there is normally? any. Scanner section Are the original glass (especially the Clean them. position of shading correction plate), mirror and lens dirty? © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 255...
  • Page 808 If any abnormal image appears, check the harness connection between the LGC board and the high-voltage transformer, power supply and stain on the main charger wire. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 256...
  • Page 809 Therefore it is not recommended to correct (to shift) the toner density basically. If it is shifted, make sure that the image may be improper in a few minutes after shifting. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 810 Check the circuit or feed clutch, and replace them if necessary. Pre-registration guide Is the pre-registration guide installed Install the guide properly. properly? e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 258...
  • Page 811 Check the drive system of the drum. system of the drum? Clean or replace the gears if they have stains or scratches. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 259...
  • Page 812 Check and replace the drum if necessary. Toner recovery auger Is the toner recovered normally? Clean the toner recovery auger. Check the pressure of the cleaning blade. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 260...
  • Page 813 (especially the position of shading correction plate) dirty? Exposure lamp Is the exposure lamp discolored or Replace the exposure lamp. degraded? © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 261...
  • Page 814 High-voltage transformer Is the output from the high-voltage Adjust the output. Replace the (Transfer charger) transformer normal? transformer if necessary. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 262...
  • Page 815 Defective area Step Check items Prescription Scanner Void amount in network scanning Perform 05-7489 to adjust the blank area around the scanned image. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 263...
  • Page 816 Step 2 for replacing the HDD is unnecessary. 3. Restore the user data (5) [F] Reset user's setting items and restore data/information e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 264...
  • Page 817 LGC board Replace the LGC board. Switching power supply Replace the Switching power supply. Replace parts Remarks LGC board Switching power supply © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 265...
  • Page 818 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 266...
  • Page 819 Disconnect the connector of the cooling fan from the joint connector of the SYS board cover. Fig. 9-1 Remove 2 screws. Loosen 10 screws. Fig. 9-2 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 1...
  • Page 820 Disconnect 8 connectors of the SYS board. [9.1.2] Remove 2 screws to take off the SYS board [9.1.2]. Fig. 9-5 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 2...
  • Page 821 USB cable [1] connected to the USB port. Fig. 9-7 Note: Be sure to unlock the connector before disconnecting it. : CCD harness [2] Fig. 9-8 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 3...
  • Page 822 DRV board [1]. Fig. 9-10 Remove 3 screws and 1 locking support to take off the DRV board [1]. Fig. 9-11 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 4...
  • Page 823 • Replace the LGC board following "9.2.6 Fig. 9-14 Procedures and settings when replacing the SLG board (for e-STUDIO556/656/ 756/856)". © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 5...
  • Page 824 HDD with its bracket. Note: Be sure that any vibration is not transmitted to the HDD. Fig. 9-17 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 6...
  • Page 825 HDD with its bracket. Note: Be sure that any vibration is not transmitted to the HDD. Fig. 9-20 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 7...
  • Page 826 Disconnect 6 connectors of the high-voltage transformer. Remove 1 screw and release 3 locking supports to take off the high-voltage transformer. High-voltage transformer Fig. 9-23 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 8...
  • Page 827 Release 4 harness clamps and take off the harness. Fig. 9-25 Remove 4 screws and take off the cover [2] of the switching regulator [1]. Fig. 9-26 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 9...
  • Page 828 Fig. 9-28 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board from the case. SRAM board Latch Case Fig. 9-29 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 10...
  • Page 829 Fig. 9-30 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board from the case. SRAM board Latch Case Fig. 9-31 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 11...
  • Page 830 When SRAM requires replacement, see  P.9-27 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when • replacing SRAM board". When NVRAM requires replacement, see  P.9-32 "9.2.8 Precautions and Procedures when • replacing NVRAM". e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 12...
  • Page 831 Current Pending Sector Count The number of candidate sectors to This value tends to increase at be reassigned HDD failure. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 13...
  • Page 832 When the number of digits obtained from the HDD exceeds one which can be displayed on the control panel, “Over-range” appears, though it does not indicate failure. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 14...
  • Page 833 [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Adjust image quality Setting completed © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 15...
  • Page 834 Press the [LIST/REPORT] button and then the [LIST] button. Press the [FUNCTION] button. The “FUNCTION” list is printed out. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 16...
  • Page 835 Turn the power OFF. [E] Replace / Format HDD Confirm that the power is turned OFF. Replace the HDD. ( P.9-6 "9.1.7 Hard disk (HDD) (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856)",  P.9-7 "9.1.8 Hard disk (HDD) (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857)") Clear the partitions on the HDD. 1. Turn the power ON while pressing [3] and [C] button simultaneously.
  • Page 836 Press the [FAX] button and then the [TERMINAL ID] button to set each item. Press the [INITIAL SETUP] button to set each item. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 18...
  • Page 837 (If the password is not set for Service, press the [OK]. Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PPC> (05-7165). Turn the power OFF. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 19...
  • Page 838 The Remove screen is displayed, then press the [YES] button. If this screen is not displayed, check whether the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 20...
  • Page 839 Wait until the restoring of the encryption key is completed. “Operation Complete” is displayed. After the restoring is completed, check that “OK” is indicated in “SRAM License STATUS” and “FROM License Status”. Then, restart the equipment. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 840 If the security mode is changed from High Security to Low Security in the step "[A]Return license", set the value of 08-8911 to “3” (High Security). e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 22...
  • Page 841 The Remove screen is displayed, then press the [YES] button. If this screen is not displayed, check whether the one-time dongle is installed in the equipment properly. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 842 After the restoring is completed, check that “OK” is indicated in “SRAM License STATUS” and “FROM License Status”. Then, restart the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 24...
  • Page 843 If the security mode is changed from High Security to Low Security in the step "[A]Return license", set the value of 08-8911 to “3” (High Security). © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 844 (If the password is not set for Service, press the [OK] button without entering anything.) (11) Check the version of the scanner ROM (08-9902). (12) Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 26...
  • Page 845 “[G] Backup ADI key” is required only for the equipment in which the ADI-HDD has been installed. Other procedures are the same as those for installing the SATA-HDD. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 846 When “SRAM Data Format Complete.” is displayed on the LCD, the formatting is completed. Turn the power OFF. [E] Restore SRAM If there is SRAM backup data, perform the following steps. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 28...
  • Page 847 Key in [2] to select "2. Key FROM to SRAM", and then press the [START] button. Wait until the backup of the encryption key is completed. "Operation Complete" is displayed. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 848 Select the license to be installed, and then press the [INSTALL] button. The screen for notifying that the installation will be started is displayed. Then press the [YES] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 30...
  • Page 849 [O] Set date and time Set the date and time according to these buttons. [USER FUNCTIONS] → [ADMIN] → [GENERAL] → [CLOCK] → [DATE/TIME] © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 850 Enter a password and then press the [OK]. The password is not set by default. (If a password is not set for Service, press [OK] without entering anything.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 32...
  • Page 851  P.9-27 "9.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board" Perform “Printer all clear” (08-9090). Press [INITIALIZE] to initialize the NVRAM. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 33...
  • Page 852 Perform “Destination display at SRAM initialization” (08-9060), and check whether the same destinations are displayed for the SYS-SRAM board and LGC-SRAM board (NVRAM). Fig. 9-40 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 34...
  • Page 853 “1” is set for the SRAM board supplied as a service part. If this SRAM board is used with the setting value “1”, the number of printouts is not counted. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 854 * If “NGD” is displayed for the PFC ROM. version (08-9940), the downloading of PFC ROM fails. Update the firmware again.  P.11-63 "11.8 When Firmware Updating Fails" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 36...
  • Page 855 Select the license to be returned, and then press the [REMOVE]. Install the one-time dongle in the equipment (the one which you used for uploading the selected license), and then press the [OK]. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD...
  • Page 856 If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (13). If there are no other licenses to be installed, press the [CLOSE], and then turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 38...
  • Page 857 When disposing of the SRAM board, perform 3C -> 7:Erase SRAM Securely (SRAM securely erasing) for security reasons. Note: If these codes are performed, the equipment cannot be started up. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 39...
  • Page 858 If there are any other licenses to be returned, repeat from step (4). If there are no other licenses to be returned, press the [CLOSE] button, and then turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 40...
  • Page 859 If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (11). If there are no other licenses to be installed, press the [CLOSE] button, and then turn the power OFF. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857...
  • Page 860 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS / HDD 9 - 42...
  • Page 861 If some problems occur and the order cannot be placed after registering an order as a job, refer to the standard countermeasure for the FAX/E-mail transmission failure. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE...
  • Page 862 ON/OFF setting of order for each part * The order is placed when the number of replacement reaches the number specified for the CONDITION. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 2...
  • Page 863  P.5-4 "5.2 Service UI" 2. Select “FAX LIST PRINT MODE” and then press [NEXT]. 3. Select “SUPPLY ORDER LIST” and then press [PRINT]. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 3...
  • Page 864 Press the [PASSWORD] button and the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then key in the Administrator Password and press the [OK] button. * Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig. 10-1 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 4...
  • Page 865 Press the [SERVICE] button in the ADMIN screen. Fig. 10-2 The SERVICE screen is displayed. Fig. 10-3 Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 5...
  • Page 866 Press the [ORDER INFORMATION] button. Fig. 10-4 (10) The ORDER INFORMATION screen is displayed. Fig. 10-5 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 6...
  • Page 867 (14) Press the buttons of the screen of SUPPLIER to set the required item. [NAME] Input the name of supplier. [ADDRESS] Input the address of supplier. (15) Press the [OK] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 7...
  • Page 868 (16) The SERVICE screen is displayed. Fig. 10-7 (17) Press the [SERVICE INFORMATION] button. (18) The CUSTOMER/SERVICE TECHNICIAN screen is displayed. Fig. 10-8 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 8...
  • Page 869 (20) Press the [OK] button to register and complete the order information setting. (21) The SERVICE screen is returned. Fig. 10-9 (22) Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 9...
  • Page 870 (23) Press the [TONER ORDERING] button. Fig. 10-10 (24) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed. Fig. 10-11 (25) Select the part to be ordered. (Press the [TONER] button.) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 10...
  • Page 871 Allows you to select whether each part to be ordered is placed automatically or not. (27) Press the [OK] button to register the setting of toner order. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE...
  • Page 872 (29) Press the [USED TONER CONTAINER] button, and then input the order information in the same way. Fig. 10-14 (30) Press the [OK] button to register the order information. (31) The screen returns to the TONER ORDERING. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 12...
  • Page 873 9777 1-99 [QUANTITY] USED TONER CONTAINER 9779 Maximum 20 digits [PART NUMBER] USED TONER CONTAINER 9781 1-99 [CONDITION] USED TONER CONTAINER 9780 1-99 [QUANTITY] © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 13...
  • Page 874 CounterInformation: PrintCounter(Small) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 150 PrintCounter(Large) FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 0 ScanCounter FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: 7 Fig. 10-16 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 14...
  • Page 875 DEVICE FAX NUMBER :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS :XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PRINT COUNTER 999999999 SCAN COUNTER 999999999 TONER INFORMATION BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 00000059 Fig. 10-17 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 15...
  • Page 876 • Toner near empty notification When this function is effective, it notifies each counter information and toner cartridge information if toner near empty occurs. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 16...
  • Page 877 Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button and select the [ADMIN] button. Then enter the password and press the [OK] button. • Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig. 10-18 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 17...
  • Page 878 Press the [SERVICE] button. Fig. 10-19 Press the [SERVICE NOTIFICATION] button. Fig. 10-20 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 18...
  • Page 879 When pressing the [E-MAIL] button, the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then enter the E-mail addresses and press the [OK] button. (Maximum 3 addresses can be set.) Fig. 10-22 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE...
  • Page 880 When Total Count Transmit is set to ON, the screen to set the notification date is displayed. Then set the notification date with the following procedure. Fig. 10-24 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 20...
  • Page 881 * This is not affected by the specified day of the week. Fig. 10-25 Key in the date (acceptable values: 0-31) in “Notify Date 1” or “Notify Date 2” and press the [OK] button. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 21...
  • Page 882 00:00-23:59 (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Service Call Transmit setting 9605 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) PM Counter Transmit setting 9797 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 22...
  • Page 883 Black ------------------------------------------ Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 <FAX Counter> Transmit 00000000 00000000 Receive 00000000 00000000 Fig. 10-27 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 23...
  • Page 884 Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK) Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) Number of received pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 24...
  • Page 885 SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : svc@toshibatec.co.jp SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211 SUPPLIER E-MAIL : s upplier_emailaddress@ccccc.xxx Fig. 10-29 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 25...
  • Page 886 Count setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter) Definition setting of large-sized paper (Fee charging system counter) Count setting of large-sized paper (PM) Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 26...
  • Page 887 PM driving count setting value (Other parts) PM driving count present value (Other parts) History of error *2 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Black) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 27...
  • Page 888 Remaining Quantity(%) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Black 00000000 Fig. 10-31 Date (When an error occurs) Machine model name Serial number Function: Fixed at “Printer” Severity: Fixed at “Error” e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 28...
  • Page 889 Error message: The content of error is displayed. Supplier information Customer information Service technician information History of error *1 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Black) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 29...
  • Page 890 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 30...
  • Page 891 Download jig (K-PWA-DLM-320) Fax Unit FAX firmware (GD-1250) Inserter Inserter firmware (MJ-7001) Saddle Stitch Finisher Finisher firmware Replacing the ROM (MJ-1029) Saddle stitcher firmware © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 1...
  • Page 892 E. RADF ROM F. Engine ROM G. PFC ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 K-PWA-DLM-320 Jig connector for Engine ROM Jig connector for PFC ROM H. FAX ROM (GD-1250) K-PWA-DLM-320 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 2...
  • Page 893 I. Finisher ROM (MJ-1027/1028) K-PWA-DLM-320 J. Saddle stitcher ROM (MJ-1028) K-PWA-DLM-320 K. Inserter ROM (MJ-7001) K-PWA-DLM-320 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 3...
  • Page 894 P. 11-52 Saddle stitcher ROM (MJ-1028) P. 11-54 Inserter ROM (MJ-7001) P. 11-56 Finisher ROM (MJ-1029) P. 11-60 Saddle stitcher ROM (MJ-1029) P. 11-60 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 4...
  • Page 895 Inserter Inserter firmware (MJ-7001) Fax Unit FAX firmware Download jig (GD-1350) (K-PWA-DLM-320F) Saddle Stitch Finisher Finisher firmware Replacing the ROM (MJ-1029) Saddle stitcher firmware © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 5...
  • Page 896 C. Laser ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 D. Engine ROM E. PFC ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 Jig connector for Engine ROM Jig connector for PFC ROM F. FAX ROM (GD-1350) K-PWA-DLM-320 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 6...
  • Page 897 G. Finisher ROM (MJ-1027/1028) K-PWA-DLM-320 H. Saddle stitcher ROM (MJ-1028) K-PWA-DLM-320 I. Inserter ROM (MJ-7001) K-PWA-DLM-320 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 7...
  • Page 898 [ON/OFF] button is pressed while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons, “Can't fetch Ver.” may be displayed on the control panel for some ROMS. A normal power on must be performed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 8...
  • Page 899 Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 556_856 USB media 556_856 T190SY0Wxxxx.tar T190HD0Wxxxx.tar T190SF0Wxxxx.tar T190MWW.xxx T190LWW.xxx T190SLGWW.xxx H190DFWW.xxx T190FWW.xxx signartures.sig Fig. 11-1 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 9...
  • Page 900 Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 557_857 USB media 557_857 T320SY0Wxxxx.tar T320HD0Wxxxx.tar TH320SF0Wxxxx.tar TH320MWW.xxx TH320LWW.xxx TH320SLGWW.xxx H320DFWW.xxx TH320FWW.xxx signartures.sig Fig. 11-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 10...
  • Page 901 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 902 The screen for selecting items to be updated is displayed after approx. 1 minute. On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 12...
  • Page 903 Copy Data with valid signature in USB Storage Checking of data file failed. Other models ROMDATA TXXXXXXXX Master data of other model are stored. * The version name comes at “xxxx.xxx.x”. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 13...
  • Page 904 RADF FIRMWARE Completed “Update Completed.” is displayed at the bottom of the LCD screen after the updating is completed properly. Fig. 11-3 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 14...
  • Page 905 (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Reception failed Downloading request was denied. (When the download is requested) (When the download is requested) © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 15...
  • Page 906 (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Other error Other error e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 16...
  • Page 907 (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Other error Other error © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 17...
  • Page 908 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel while [0] button and [8] button are pressed simultaneously. • Key in “9030”, and then press the [START] button. • Press the [INITIALIZE] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 18...
  • Page 909 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 910 OS Update HDD SYS Update Firmware Update Firmware Update [ PFC ROM ] Firmware Update [ Laser ROM ] Firmware Update Update Completed Fig. 11-4 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 20...
  • Page 911 Below is an example of the changes of the LCD screen during update. System ROM Fig. 11-5 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 21...
  • Page 912 Master data Fig. 11-6 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 22...
  • Page 913 Scanner ROM Fig. 11-7 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 23...
  • Page 914 Engine ROM / PFC ROM / Laser ROM Fig. 11-8 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 24...
  • Page 915 Engine ROM / PFC ROM / Laser ROM Fig. 11-9 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 25...
  • Page 916 (HDD program data) xxxx is version. (HD Data) System ROM System control PC T320SFFWxxxx.tar SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS data) board xxxx is version. (OS Data) (SYS board) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 26...
  • Page 917 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 918 The screen for selecting items to be updated is displayed after approx. 1 minute. On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 28...
  • Page 919 “*” is displayed next to the selected item. Display or delete the “*” by pressing the number of the item. Item Remarks 1. SYSTEM FIRMWARE (OS Data) Updating OS data 2. SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data) Updating Master data © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 29...
  • Page 920 SYSTEM SOFTWARE (HD Data) Completed update in progress “Update Completed.” is displayed at the bottom of the LCD screen after the updating is completed properly. Fig. 11-3 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 30...
  • Page 921 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 922 *Jigs No. 3 and 4 above can be used if a relay board is installed together even though the shape of their connectors differ. *Relay board: PWA-DWNLD-RELAY-GLPGS e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 32...
  • Page 923 Minato Electronics MODEL 1893/1895/1931/1940 PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 (model 1931) (or equivalent) model 1881 model 1931 ( LV650 ) [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1881 ] [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 ] Fig. 11-6 Fig. 11-7 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 33...
  • Page 924 ROM4 ROM5 ROM6 Note: Be sure not to confuse different ROM Versions since the file name is identical although the ROM version is different. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 34...
  • Page 925 “*” is displayed next to the selected item. Display or delete the “*” by pressing the number of the item. All items are selected in the default settings. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 926 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 36...
  • Page 927 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [8] and [9] buttons. Press the [Firmware Update] button, then press the [1] key to select “1.SYSTEM FIRMWARE(OS Data)”. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 928 (15) Turn the power ON using the main power switch while holding down the [3] and [C] keys simultaneously. (16) Press the [5] key to select “5. Key Backup Restore”, then press the [START] button. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 38...
  • Page 929 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 930 (MJ-1028) Saddle stitcher firmware Saddle stitcher control PC board Inserter Inserter firmware Inserter main board (MJ-7001) Fax Unit Fax unit firmware FAX board (GD-1350) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 40...
  • Page 931 K-PWA-DLM-320 Connector Mark for ROM installation direction Fig. 11-13 Jig board: K-PWA-DLM-320 Important: Pay attention to the direction of the ROM. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 41...
  • Page 932 *1: Use of a jig is acceptable by installing the relay PC board (PWA-DWNLD-RELAY-34F) *2: Use of a jig is acceptable by installing the relay PC board (PWA-DWNLD-RELAY-34R) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 42...
  • Page 933 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. (10) Remove the download jig and install the connector cover. (11) Close the front cover. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 934 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 44...
  • Page 935 Open the front cover. Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 936 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 46...
  • Page 937 Take off the top right cover. Top right cover Fig. 11-17 Take off the right upper cover. Right upper cover Fig. 11-18 Remove the cover plate. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 47...
  • Page 938 (10) Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. (11) Remove the download jig, and then install the cover plate, top right cover and right top cover. (12) Close the front cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 48...
  • Page 939 If the exposure lamp blinks twice at the time of start-up and a “C270” error occurs, the model of the scanner ROM updated may be incorrect. Check the model of the scanner ROM and retry updating. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 940 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 50...
  • Page 941 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 942 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the download jig. (10) Close the front cover. (11) Install the finisher rear cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 52...
  • Page 943 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 944 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the download jig. (10) Close the front cover. (11) Install the saddle stitcher PCB cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 54...
  • Page 945 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 946 Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the download jig. (10) Close the front cover. (11) Install the inserter rear cover. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 56...
  • Page 947 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 948 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 58...
  • Page 949 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.11-62 "11.7 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 950 [B] Saddle stitcher unit Turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable. Remove the PCB cover. Replace the ROM [2] on the saddle stitcher controller PCB. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 60...
  • Page 951 Install the PCB cover. After the replacing is completed, check the firmware version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data was changed properly. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 61...
  • Page 952 * It is recommended to keep this list for future reinstallation such as the replacement of the SYS board. Keep pressing the [ON/OFF] button until you hear a sound to shut down the equipment. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 62...
  • Page 953 If the equipment cannot be started even when the above update has been performed, check that there is no damage to the “SYS board”, “PLG board”, “LGC board” or “SLG board”. Replace them if necessary. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 954 Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace SYS board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 64...
  • Page 955 Update USB. Check HDD/ROM version. "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Update succeeded? Is HDD/ROM version correct? Replace SYS board. Update USB. Update completed © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 65...
  • Page 956 Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace target board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 66...
  • Page 957 Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? "11.6 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace target board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 67...
  • Page 958 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 68...
  • Page 959 Note that backup files are encrypted. Filename Remark E.g.: When backup was performed at 13:59 on October Modelname_MFPSerialNo_yyyy-MM-dd_hh-mm 1st, 2010. T190_CUK911379_2010-10-01_13-59 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 1...
  • Page 960 “Back Up Completed” is displayed on the LCD screen when the backup has been properly completed. Turn the power OFF and remove the USB media. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 2...
  • Page 961 (4) Key in [6] to select "6. ADIKey FROM to SRAM", and then press the [START] button. (5) Wait until the restoring of the encryption key is completed. "Operation Complete" is displayed. (6) Then turn the power OFF. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 3...
  • Page 962 MFP Serial Number Not Set Acquisition of the MFP Serial No. has been failed. Backup File Corrupted A backup file has been damaged. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 4...
  • Page 963 HDD. A service technician can back up or restore them only when the user (machine administrator) permits it. • Some data in the HDD cannot be backed up and can be left only on printouts. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 5...
  • Page 964 [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Check actuation of data encryption function setting Setting completed Fig. 12-4 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 6...
  • Page 965 Select the [FAX LIST PRINT MODE] and then press the [NEXT] button. Select the [Function list for maintenance] and then press the [PRINT] button. The “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE” is printed out. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 BACKUP FUNCTION...
  • Page 966 2. Key in [100] and then press the [START] button. 3. Key in [102] and then press the [START] button. 4. Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 8...
  • Page 967 Compare the lists which were printed before and after the formatting to check the setting items having the different setting values. Set the value which was set before the formatting Turn the power OFF. Turn the power OFF. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 9...
  • Page 968 Procedure for disabling data encryption function". hen perform the code 3C->6 : Erase HDD Securely (HDD securely erasing) to completely erase the data in the HDD. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 10...
  • Page 969 ROM (SYS V1.0) are displayed on the top right of the counter menu, this means the mode is operating normally. 4. Reset the user data backed up in advance. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 BACKUP FUNCTION...
  • Page 970 • After the equipment enters the High Security Mode, ask the administrator for the equipment to select [FULL] and perform the Integrity check manually. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 12 - 12...
  • Page 971 At the sleep In use In use In use mode:OFF CTRCN2 Counter connection L=0V, H=DC5V In use In use In use Signal 2 Connecting © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 EXTERNAL COUNTERS 13 - 1...
  • Page 972 Connection Signal (IC54) H: Not connected Power +24VA 24V line DC24V±10% When cover opened: OFF KCTRON Key Counter On Signal Open Collector L: ON (IC54) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXTERNAL COUNTERS 13 - 2...
  • Page 973 If the black mode is selected, it outputs “Low” in real time. In other cases, it outputs “High”. This is the signal only for the coin controller. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 EXTERNAL COUNTERS...
  • Page 974 For 08-6011 (Large size double count setting), set to “0” when A3 and LD are specified as the large size, and set to “1” when B4, LG, FOLIO and COMPUTER are specified as the large size in addition to A3 and LD. e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXTERNAL COUNTERS 13 - 4...
  • Page 975 It is not allowed to install more than one external counter (Key Counter, Card controller and Coin controller) at the same time. Physically, the card controller and coin controller cannot be installed together since the output signals are in common. © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 EXTERNAL COUNTERS...
  • Page 976 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXTERNAL COUNTERS 13 - 6...
  • Page 977 White Blue Brown Brown Blue Blue White Black Blue Brown Blue Blue Brown Brown White White White Black Black Black Fig. 14-1 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 14 - 1...
  • Page 978 14.2 AC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) White Black White Brown Blue NEUTRAL White Black LIVE White NEUTRAL White Black LIVE Black Fig. 14-2 e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 14 - 2...
  • Page 979 14.3 DC Wire Harness / Electric Parts Layout © 2011 - 2014 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO556/656/756/856/557/657/757/857 WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAMS 14 - 3...
  • Page 980 14.3.1 DC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) 14 - 4...
  • Page 981 14.3.2 DC Wire Harness (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) 14 - 5...
  • Page 982 14.3.3 Electric Parts Layout (e-STUDIO556/656/756/856) 1) Scanner unit 1) Scanner unit 2) Control panel 3) Laser unit 3) Laser unit 4) Fuser related section a. Motor, sensor, PC board, fan b. Heater, thermostat a. e-STUDIO556/656 b. e-STUDIO756/856 THM3 THM2 THMO1...
  • Page 983 14.3.4 Electric Parts Layout (e-STUDIO557/657/757/857) 1) Scanner unit 1) Scanner unit 2) Scanner unit 3) Control panel 3) Laser unit 4) Fuser related section a-1.Motor, sensor, PC board, fan a-2.Motor, sensor, PC board, fan b. Heater, thermostat for A4/A3 paper size model for LT/LD paper size model THM3 THM2...
  • Page 984 Input check (Test mode 03) [FAX] button: OFF / [COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF / [COPY] LED: OFF) Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Intermediate transport sensor No paper Paper present 1st drawer transport sensor No paper Paper present 1st drawer feed sensor...
  • Page 985 Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Bypass paper size detection sensor-3 Other than A3/LD A3/LD (Refer to Table 1) Bypass paper size detection sensor-2 Other than A4-R/LT- A4-R/LT-R (Refer to Table 1) Bypass paper size detection sensor-1 Other than A5-R/ST- A5-R/ST-R (Refer to Table 1)
  • Page 986 Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper size detection sensor and the paper width Bypass paper-width sensor Paper-width size A3/LD A4-R/LT-R A5-R/ST-R Card size B4/LG B5-R e-STUIDIO556/656/756/856...
  • Page 987 [FAX] button: ON / [COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: ON / [COPY] LED: OFF) Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Exit sensor Paper present No paper Cover interlock switch (front cover (lower)) Door closed Door opened Toner bag full detection sensor Full...
  • Page 988 Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Original tray sensor Original present No original Original empty sensor Original present No original Jam access cover opening/closing sensor Cover opened Cover closed RADF opening/closing sensor RADF opened RADF closed Original exit sensor Original present...
  • Page 989 [FAX] button: OFF / [COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF / [COPY] LED: ON) Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. Temperature/humidity sensor (displays Temperature [°C] temperature inside of the equipment) Temperature/humidity sensor (displays humidity Humidity [%RH] inside of the equipment) Drum thermistor (displays drum surface...
  • Page 990 Contents Digital Highlighted display Normal display Button Items to check e.g. e.g. USB Dongle for Printer/Scanner Kit (GM-2270) Connectable (*2) Not connectable USB Dongle for Printer Kit (GM-1250) Connectable Not connectable USB Dongle for Scanner Kit (GM-4250) Connectable Not connectable Dongles for other equipments / Other USB Connectable Not connectable...
  • Page 991 Output check (test mode 03) Code Function Code Function Procedure Drum motor ON (operational without Code No. 101 function OFF developer unit) New toner supply motor ON Code No. 102 function OFF (operational with developer unit) Polygonal motor (600 dpi) ON Code No.
  • Page 992 Code Function Procedure 1st drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 2nd drawer feed clutch ON/OFF Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF Tandem LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF Tandem LCF end fence reciprocating movement Tandem LCF end fence motor ON/OFF 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF feed clutch (Tandem LCF model) ON/OFF 3rd drawer / Tandem LCF transport clutch ON/OFF Key copy counter count-up Horizontal transport section drive clutch-2 ON/OFF...
  • Page 993 Code Function Procedure RADF original feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) RADF original feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) RADF read motor ON/OFF RADF original exit motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) RADF original exit motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) RADF original reverse motor (normal rotation) ON/OFF RADF original reverse motor (reverse rotation) ON/OFF RADF original reverse solenoid ON/OFF Laser unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF...
  • Page 994 Test print mode (test mode 04) Code Types of test pattern Remarks Output for Secondary scanning direction 17 gradation Error diffusion / gamma adjustment steps pattern Grid pattern Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm e-STUIDIO556/656/756/856...
  • Page 995 4: Sensor LED off-level abnormality or sensor LED light amount abnormality Adjustmen Process Image 2134 Sensor output value 0-1023 Displays a sensor output value when the light source of t mode quality when LED light the LED is OFF. control source is OFF e-STUDIO556/656/756/856...
  • Page 996 Drum surface 0-999 The measured value of the residual voltage after t mode quality potential sensor/ discharging is displayed. control Residual voltage * The normal range of this code is "400 to 800" after sensor output(Latest performing 05-2188. value) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856...
  • Page 997 Refer to 0-255 When the value increases, the laser power output t mode quality adjustment contents increases. control <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 132 e-STUDIO756/856: 101 Adjustmen Process Image Laser power 2250 2nd laser 0-255 When the value increases, the laser power output...
  • Page 998 0.2 mm. Adjustmen Scanner Scanner 3046 Carriage position 0-255 SYS When the value increases by "1", the carriage position t mode adjustment during shifts by approx. 0.1 mm toward the exit side when scanning from RADF using the RADF. (black) e-STUDIO556/656/756/856...
  • Page 999 When the value increases in increments of "1", the t mode polygonal motor scanning direction reproduction ratio of the primary scanning direction rotation speed reproduction ratio increases as follows: e-STUDIO556/656: 0.3 mm/step e-STUDIO756/856: 0.1 mm/step Adjustmen Printer Printer Fine adjustment of Adjustment of primary 4001 0-255 When the value increases in increments of "1", the...
  • Page 1000 When the value increases by "1", the writing start t mode writing start position direction contents position shifts to the front side by approx. 0.0423 mm. <Default value> e-STUDIO556/656: 113 e-STUDIO756/856: 123 Adjustmen Printer Image Adjustment of drawer 4018 1st drawer 0-255 When the value increases by "1", the image shifts...

This manual is also suitable for:

E-studio656E-studio756E-studio856E-studio556seE-studio656seE-studio756se ... Show all